Home
Bradford-White Corp EF100T399(E)*(N Water Heater User Manual
Contents
1. 0005 80 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle Instrument cluster 32 147 Iumination 000 eee 147 LAMPS i e5s ecco henienn ae es 370 Multifunction display 150 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Delayed shut off 162 Emergency lighting 121 8 eee ee innn on aaE 120 Front reading lamps 120 ROAM eis yidi naai 121 Rear reading lamps 121 Interior rear view mirror 111 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 112 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping Windshield wipers 122 C Jackos aneeovewewaide es ees 329 Jump starting 410 Key Mechanical 384 LOSS Of aca ana hse ache tarda gaie 88 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp 85 Checking batteries 88 Factory setting 85 87 Global locking KEYLESS GO PE EE ti ace E ee tate nae 87 Global locking SmartKey 85 Global unlocking KEYLESS GO iid oa eae eee ae oes 87 Global unlocking SmartKey 85 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 86 Locking unlocking 84 LOSS Ob a s day dai
2. gt Remove everything from storage compartment 4 gt Insert a suitable object such as a coin into the slot of lock gt Turn lock 3 by 90 in direction of the arrow gt Remove storage compartment 4 Opening the passenger side trim panel E e bt i Lock Cover gt Insert a suitable object such as a coin into the slot of lock 4 gt Turn lock Q by 90 in direction of the arrow gt Remove cover 2 Practical hints Replacing bulbs P82 10 4958 31 Example illustration rear lamp driver s side Bulb socket Clamp gt Press and hold clamps 2 gt Pull bulb socket outwards Replacing bulbs P82 10 4959 31 Bulb socket Backup lamp Tail lamp brake lamp parking and standing lamp Tail lamp brake lamp parking and standing lamp Rear turn signal lamp Rear fog lamp driver s side only gt Depending on which bulb needs to be replaced gently press onto the respective bulb and turn it counterclockwise out of bulb socket 4 gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align bulb socket Q and press it into rear lamp until it audibly engages gt gt Practical hints Replacing bulbs gt Make sure bulb 4 socket is attached properly gt Close the respective cover in the cargo compartment gt Close the tailgate License plate lamps Screws L
3. 266 Locking unlocking 266 OPeNING 225 ee eek ie eek ge E 266 Opening manually 385 Fuels coolants lubricants etc CapaciieS c0c0s ia we wenan eee 432 Fuel system bleeding diesel engine 0 eee eee 404 Fuel tank Capacity rors erens 433 Fuel filler flap and cap 265 RETUCIING 5 Soak eae eee aes 265 FUSES 2cecccketesetteccseses 415 Fuse box in cargo compartment 417 Garage door opener 43 256 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 294 Gear range Automatic transmission 139 dicato e Ekk aoe eoees Mee 139 UMNE 44 cece oe uere 140 Shifting into optimal 141 Transfer case 00 142 Gear selector lever 135 CEANN ee atti lence ee ste ee 323 Gearshift pattern 135 Messages in the multifunction display rero see ences geal 343 344 Shifting procedure Transmission position indicator Transmission positions Generator see Alternator Global locking unlocking see Key SmartKey Glove box 0 00 00 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Trailer Weight see GTW Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR 137 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 3 is 4 orcensinss ehenedts Halogen headlamps see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items cleaning 323 Hazard warning flasher 118 Headla
4. 245 Vehicle Bate oeseri epr irin 408 Cane see a EEE 318 Control system 148 Dimensions 430 Individual settings 157 Locking unlocking 84 85 Locking unlocking manually 384 Lowering wheel change 402 Modifications and alterations Operating safety 23 TOWING o c sce2055 0286 ieren 412 Vehicle configuration menu 164 Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle level control see Air suspension program Vehicle lighting 114 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down rings 234 Camie ereire See ie aaa beats 228 Instructions 000s 227 LOA IMME ssc tee Saree eoided dete 6 277 Terminology 000 293 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 296 Vehicle Recovery services Stolen Tele Aid 000 0005 256 Vehicle status message memory 156 Vehicle tool kit 326 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Warning lamps see Lamps Indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 181 DIStPONIC sss e055 nrserepi nis 174 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 64 Parking brake 0 347 Parktronic system 197 Seat belt telltale 374 Warranty coverage 420 Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction display lt 3 2 3ccwadcacwageawad 355 Mixing ratis esasi rarse svans 440 Refling ceeace 28 4S eater ed 271 WI
5. 171 Cup holders 245 Curb weight 294 Customer Assistance Center see CAC Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording 25 Date Setting 160 Daytime running lamp mode 116 161 Deep water see Standing water Defroster Rear window 0 223 Windshield 207 221 Delayed shut off Exterior lamps 162 Interior lighting 162 Department of Transportation see DOT Diesel engine preglow indicator lamp 35 Diesel fuel see Fuel Differential locks 144 A few words about 144 Messages in the multifunction display acs conenee cs piesa 146 351 SWIECHING parene E oo teins 145 Difficulties While driving 06 132 With starting 04 130 Digital clock see Clock Digital speedometer 153 Dimensions vehicle 430 Direction of rotation tires 275 Displays Digital speedometer 153 DIStHONIC 2 5 0 8 eiaenddies eR aaagided 174 Maintenance service indicator 316 Messages in the multifunction display ser cas cai aiananasacatesasat ineno 330 Multifunction display 150 Outside temperature 150 159 Symbol messages 346 Text messageS 332 Trip computer 150 165 Vehicle status message memory 156 Vehicle system settings 157 Dis
6. Sun visor Additional sun visor gt Close vanity mirror cover 4 if opened gt Disengage sun visor 1 from mounting gt Pivot sun visor 1 to the side gt Adjust sun visor C by pushing or pulling in direction of arrows gt Flip down additional sun visor 2 when you experience additional glare through the windshield Vanity mirror The mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting gt Flip sun visor down gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp 3 comes on The rear panorama roof sunshade over the third row seats prevents the sun from shining directly into the vehicle You can open and close the sunshade by hand H Always guide the sunshade Do not let it snap back abruptly as it could be damaged Controls in detail Useful features Center console ashtray A Warning Remove front ashtray insert only with vehicle standing still Mounting Clip Handle Button gt Extending Grasp on handle 3 and insert clips 2 into mounting 4 The third row sunshade engages Ashtray insert gt Retracting Press on button 4 to Cover disengage the third row sunshade from mounting gt Opening Briefly press cover 2 gt Removing ashtray insert Grab ashtray insert 4 on the sides and pull it out upwards b gt Controls in detail Useful features gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Install gt
7. Controls in detail Loading and storing A Warning USA only Do not place objects with a combined weight of more than 4 4 lbs 2 kg into the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the Occupant Classification System OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category Cover strip i I gt Pull cover strip amp out of groove A Haring tert i The parcel net is intended for storing light gt Attach add on roof equipment to the weight items only such as road maps mail crossbars etc gt Place cover strip flush against the add Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or on roof equipment and mark the end of fragile objects may not be transported in crossbar on cover strip the parcel net In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could a be thrown around inside the vehicle and gt Press cover strip 2 piece by piece into cause injury to vehicle occupants groove of the crossbar The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident gt Cut off cover strip at marked location Cover strips are available as Mercedes Benz accessories Contact your Mercedes Parcel nets are located in the front passenger Benz Center footwell and on each of the front seat backrests Controls in detail Loading and storing Cargo tie down rings Your vehicle is equipped with eight cargo tie down rings Car
8. EE Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the multifunction display E Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset appears in the multifunction display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster until the respective values are reset to 0 The fuel consumption statistics reset automatically to 0 after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first Distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display gt P
9. MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers 32 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water for temperatures above freezing point or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change PERT 86 77 2 68 2 50 16 50 10 4 5 R 23 5 10 10 5 15 4 20 3 25 P18 00 2199 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced reg
10. count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display Do not confuse the maintenance service indicator with the engine oil level indicator Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz if the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Maintenance Only reset if the proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper maintenance service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Vehicle care Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle
11. Controls in detail Mirrors Mirrors S gt Tilt the mirror to the antiglare position by Passenger side exterior rear view mirror moving lever Q towards the windshield button Notes The interior rear view mirror is dimmed gt Switch he igniti Adjust the interior and exterior rear view WIRCH OB Ene ienition mirrors before driving so that you have a good gt Press button for the driver s side view of the road and traffic conditions or rear rors exterior rear view mirror or button 3 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved The indicator lamp in the respective button comes on for approximately 15 seconds gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror lly z j mere surface for a wider field of view Objects in if you donot make adjustments wo the For more information see Auto dimming mirror are closer than they appear Check selected exterior rear view mirror within rear view mirrors gt page 112 your interior rear view mirror and glance Jor seconds the indicator lamp sobs aut You will then have to select the desired exterior rear view mirror again before adjustments can be made Adjustments can only be made with the indicator lamp for the respective exterior rear view mirror button illuminated over your shoulder before changing lanes Interior rear
12. H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Let the hood drop from a height of GL 550 similar approximately Ut 20 en For further information contact an Oil dipstick gt Check to make sure the hood is fully authorized Mercedes Benz Center closed Upper max mark If you can raise the hood at a point above Lower min mark the headlamps then it is not properly gt Pull out oil dipstick closed Open it again and let it drop with When checking the oil level the vehicle must of spect somewhat greater force be parked on level ground and the vehicle gt Wipe oil dipstick clean must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off Notes on checking engine oil level b gt Operation Engine compartment gt Fully insert oil dipstick 4 into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick again after approximately 3 seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level is correct when it is between lower min mark 3 and upper max mark of oil dipstick The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 I gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt
13. Jack Reversible ratchet Where will I find gt Attach reversible ratchet 2 to jack in such a way that the word UP can be seen Before placing the jack back into the vehicle tool kit gt Fully collapse the jack storage position gt Remove the reversible ratchet Spare wheel A Observe Safety notes see page 397 The GL 320 BlueTEC does not have a spare wheel The spare wheel is located in the space underneath the cargo compartment floor gt Removing Open the tailgate gt page 90 gt Lift the cargo compartment floor gt page 327 H To prevent damage always disengage the securing hook from upper cargo compartment lip and lower the cargo compartment floor before closing the tailgate gt Remove the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt page 328 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display P40 10 5226 31 Retaining screw Spare wheel Storage well casing gt Remove retaining screw 1 by turning it counterclockwise If retaining screw does not come loose turn storage well casing 3 slightly counterclockwise Retaining screw 4 should then come loose easily gt Remove storage well casing 3 gt Remove spare wheel 2 For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 397 Storing the spare wheel after use gt Place the spare wheel into the spare wheel well gt page 330 gt P
14. Occupant safety than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seatis classified as being empty the indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the indicator lamp
15. Storage compartment Button to open storage compartment gt Opening storage compartment Pull The Roadside Assistance button button Q and lift up armrest gt page 253 and the Information button gt page 254 are located in the Coin holders 3 are located in front of gt Briefly press release button 8 on storage storage compartment storage compartment 2 compartment cover 2 The storage compartment opens Rear storage compartments automatically Depending on vehicle equipment your vehicle may not be equipped with three storage compartments in the front of the rear seats Controls in detail Useful features Useful features Cup holder in front center console Cup holder in rear armrest Cup holders A cup holder and a card ticket holder are 7 fa located in the front center console A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Cup holder 4 Cup holder gt Pull the armrest down by its top Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Bridge with card ticket holder H Do no
16. B5 Biodiesel Mercedes Benz approves the use of B5 biodiesel standard diesel with a maximum of up to 5 biodiesel content in all Common Rail Injection CDI and BlueTEC diesel engines Diesel fuels containing a higher percentage of biodiesel content will cause damage to your engine and are not approved As biodiesel can be refined from a variety of raw materials resulting in widely varying properties the only approved biodiesel content is one that meets ASTM D6751 specification It must also have the necessary oxidation stability min 6h proved with EN14112 method to prevent damage to the system from deposits and or corrosion Please ask your service station for further information If the B5 biodiesel blend is not sufficiently labeled to clearly indicate that it meets the above standards please do not use it The Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty does not cover damage caused by the use of fuels not meeting Mercedes Benz approved fuel standards Gasoline additives gasoline engine A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e K
17. The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immediately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 81 If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system provided that you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service and that it has been activated properly and that the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available Safety and security Indicator lamp gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the tailgate may not be properly closed Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed Anti theft systems The vehicle will lock and the alarm system will rearm automatically again after approximately 40 seconds unless you open a door or the tailgate To cancel the alarm do one of the following
18. GL Operator s Manual Symbols Trademarks AdBlue is a registered trademark of the German Association of the Automotive Industry VDA BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual Z Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt page gt D Display This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and p
19. Release handle gt Unlocking Pull release handle 4 out to its stop limit gt Move steering wheel to the desired position gt Locking Push release handle 4 back to its original position gt Make sure the steering wheel is securely locked by trying to move it up and down as well as in and out before driving off Steering wheel adjustment electrical Adjusting steering wheel in or out Adjusting steering wheel up or down gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows C gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 The memory function gt page 113 lets you Store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows the driver an easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Comfort submenu of the control system gt page 163 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons e Press memory button M Do not leave children u
20. The Gross Trailer Weight GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo equipment luggage etc loaded on the trailer The maximum permissible gross trailer weight to be towed 7 500 Ib 3402 kg Trailer Tongue Weight Rating TWR is the maximum permissible weight on the trailer tongue 600 Ib 272 kg limit for Mercedes Benz approved hitch receiver Loading a trailer e When loading a trailer you should observe that neither the permissible GTW nor the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR are exceeded The GVWR is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 Maximum permissible values are listed on the safety compliance certification labels for the vehicle and for the trailer to be towed The lowest value listed must be selected when determining how the vehicle and trailer are loaded The Tongue Weight TW at the hitch ball must be added to the Gross Vehicle Weight GVW to prevent exceeding your Mercedes Benz tow vehicle s rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GVW and GAWR are indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 Mercedes Benz recommend loading the trailer in such a manner that it has a TW between 8 and 15 of the GTW Maximum trailer weight ratings are calculated assuming the vehicle plus driver The weight of other accessories passengers and cargo will reduce the maximum trailer weigh
21. The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio DVD menu for example These functions serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern gt Press button or repeatedly to pass through each menu one after the other gt Press button R or PAM repeatedly to pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu In the Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on b gt Controls in detail Control system using these submenus see Settings Main odometer menu gt page 157 Transmission position gear range The number of menus available in the system indicator depends on which optional equipment is Outside temperature or digital installed in your vehicle speedometer For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus and submenus gt page 151 Trip odometer Controls in detail Control system 72 Standard display Telephone is Audio DVD a SNI Navigation Menus and submenus o 7 N Te f Ce o f Vehicle N c
22. Z Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other d
23. e Do not place objects under and or around the front passenger seat Do not hang anything from or attach any items to the seats e Do not stuff objects such as books between the front passenger seat and the center console or front passenger door Do not move the front passenger seat backwards against stiff objects e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter Occupant Classification System Self test After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult the indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front passenger seat as being empty the indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out A Warning lf the EA indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz
24. gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle Multifunction steering wheel MIRRONSH ere ceric S Driving and parking 5 Automatic transmission Controls in detail Transfer case e eeaeee 141 Differential locks Canada only 144 Instrument cluster Control system eeeeeseeereeeeeees Driving systems eeeeeeeeeee Overview of climate control sys tem functions and air vents 199 Climate control lke 202 3 zone automatic climate control 210 Rear window defroster 223 Power tilt sliding sunroof 224 Loading and storing 06 227 Useful features 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeees 245 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment Locking and unlocking This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual A Observe Safety notes see page 68 When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once the locking knobs in the doors move up and the
25. gt page 104 Anchorage ring Hook P91 20 2202 31 Top tether strap gt Guide top tether strap between head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Securely fasten hook 3 which is part of top tether strap 4 to anchorage ring 2 Make sure e top tether strap 4 is not twisted e the head restraint is installed and positioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest e the top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo compartment cover blind if installed e the top tether strap is positioned between the seat backrest and the cargo net if installed For safety make sure hook is attached to anchorage ring 2 beyond the safety catch as illustrated gt Lower the head restraint if necessary gt page 104 Make sure the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Install the child restraint system and tighten the top tether strap according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions After removing the child restraint system and the top tether strap 4 gt Reinstall the anchorage ring cover 1 Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH type anchors at each of the outboard second row seats and third row seats for the installation of a LATCH type child seat with matching mounting fittings
26. twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 370 If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off Safety notes A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body Your s
27. 326 246 242 247 233 Storage compartments Function Page Cup holder 245 Storage compartment with coin holder 244 Rear storage compartments 244 Cup holder 245 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display Press button e to take a call e to dial e to redial Press button e toend a call e to reject an incoming call Press button or Si e to select submenus in the Settings menu e to set values e to set the volume 4 Function only available in telephone menu 5 Vehicles without Voice Control System Button without function Page 150 167 167 167 167 167 158 Function Page Press button to turn the Voice Control System on see separate operating instructions Press button or to select next previous menu 157 Press button EAN or RA briefly e to move within a menu e to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Audio DVD menu 153 e to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Telephone menu 167 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Press and hold button E o a e to select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band within Audio DVD menu 153 e to start the quick search in the phone book within Telephone menu 167 Press button to turn
28. Air suspension program gt page 185 For information on differential locks see bb Differential locks gt page 144 Controls in detail Control system For information on the compass see Vehicle submenu gt page 163 and Compass gt page 260 Distronic menu Use the Distronic menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic system is activated or deactivated Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 172 for instructions on how to activate Distronic Vehicle status message memory menu Use the Vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the memory Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded The Vehicle status message memory menu only appears if messages have been stored A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an au
29. Air distribution directs air through the side air vents Air distribution directs air through the footwells and side air vents Rear automatic climate control on off Decreasing air volume Notes on 3 zone automatic climate control With the help of a sun sensor the automatic climate control determines the relation of the sun to the vehicle and automatically adjusts the inside temperature for every individual zone The automatic climate control is operational whenever the engine is running It cools the vehicle s interior according to the angle and intensity of the sun s rays the outside temperature and the selected temperature You can operate the automatic climate control in either the automatic or manual mode Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode is deactivated gt page 217 A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the fol
30. Bar air pressure unit 294 BAS Brake Assist System 77 Batteries SmartKey Checking condition 88 Replacing eee iec be seeoe eae en 386 Battery Vehicle Garli enere orren ee eminence 409 Jump starting 410 Messages in the multifunction diSPlay set2s2G20202 ceeds tess 360 Bead tire 04 294 Beverage holders see Cup holders Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine oo eee occse onan 404 BlueTEC AdBlue tank 405 433 Messages in the multifunction display ad 2262 ate earth cae Sania 347 Brake lamps Cleaning lenses 321 High mounted brake lamp 388 Replacing bulbs 388 Brake pads Messages in the multifunction CISPIAV 2 3 2 sence ci aaauets 346 Brakes onsere da ndetewen ach re eaane ee 300 Parking brake 133 302 Warning lamp 372 Break in period 264 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center 24 California retail buyers and lessees important notice for 21 Calls phone Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 432 Cargo compartment Cargo NOt wise ici dott anette 240 Cargo volume expanding 235 FUSE DOX 2 0 Sc dsoa der aga GOs 417 Tie down Tings 00 234 Cargo compartment cover blind 239 Carpets cleaning 323 Carr
31. Deactivating Press button 4 again or gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Driving safety systems Driving safety systems Introduction This section contains information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System e EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning ESP Electronic Stability Program In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of most of the driving systems described in this section is only achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or b gt Safety and security Driving safety systems prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which coul
32. Headlamp cleaning system The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet automatically when the engine is running and you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid five times The counter resets when you switch off the headlamps For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 271 Controls in detail Corner illuminating front fog lamps The corner illuminating front fog lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating front fog lamps will only operate e in low ambient lighting conditions e at vehicle speeds below 25 mph 40 km h e with the front fog lamps switched off e with the engine is running Switching on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or EZ or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 116 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective front fog lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating Lighting front fog lamp comes on on the side of the turn signal or gt Turn steering wheel in the desired direction Driving forward The front fog lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in
33. Installing wiper blades Front wiper blades Wiper blade Wiper arm Tab Wiper blade i Wipere gt Fold wiper arm 1 away from the rear gt Press tabs 2 together window until it engages Wiper blade gt Tilt wiper blade Q away from wiper arm gt Turn wiper blade 2 as far as it will go Attachment gt Hold wiper arm and disengage wiper Guide tab gt Take off wiper blade C in direction of blade 2 by carefully sliding it in direction Opening arrow of arrow gt With guide tab sliding into opening 4 gt Remove wiper blade 2 place wiper blade 4 onto wiper arm in Rear wiper blade direction of arrow gt Fold wiper blade 1 towards wiper arm Tabs 2 gt page 396 must engage into both recesses of attachment 2 H Do not pull on the wiper blade insert It could tear gt Check whether the wiper blade is securely fastened gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper arm when folding it back H Make sure the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage Rear wiper blade Wiper arm Wiper blade Practical hints gt Insert wiper blade 2 into wiper arm Q gt Hold wiper arm 4 and engage wiper blade 2 by pushing it in direction of arrow until it locks into place gt Check whether the wiper blade is securely fastened gt Fold the
34. Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down to the resistance point gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow C to increase or press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 to decrease gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments Controls in detail Driving systems lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 to decrease gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will acc
35. Press on cover 3 at its upper edge as indicated by arrow The cover s lower edge flips up Blind installed behind second row seats Release button Blind ao gt Remove cover 3 by pulling its lower edge gt Removing Pull blind 2 to the left until it out of the side trim engages To avoid loss of the covers insert the gt Installing Remove the mount coversinthe covers into the mounts currently not in use side trims of the third seat row when installing roller blind 2 behind the second row seats gt Make sure release button 1 faces up and the roller blind handle gt page 239 is to the rear before inserting the roller blind gt Place left side of blind 2 in left mount gt Position right side of blind 2 over right mount gt Press release button 1 and guide blind Sea into mount gt Make sure the cargo compartment cover blind is securely fastened Z Warning Make sure the cargo net is properly engaged at top and bottom position and the tightening belts are securely fastened Never use a damaged cargo net To help avoid personal injury from smaller objects being thrown around in the occupant compartment during a collision or sudden maneuver always use cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net cannot prevent the movement of large heavier objects into the passenger compartment in an accident Such items must be properly secured using the cargo tie down r
36. Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running USA only Canada only ejeleji The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving In addition the yellow ABS malfunction indicator lamp and the yellow ESP warning lamp come on and an acoustic warning sounds USA only OJ Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound Possible cause consequence The self diagnosis has not yet been completed yet The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP switched off due to a malfunction The ABS the BAS and the ESP are also switched off You are driving with the parking brake engaged Suggested solutions The indicator lamp will go out after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Release the parking brake Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions USA only There is insufficient brake fluid in gt Risk of accident Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe O Canada only the reservoir location as soon as it is safe to do so The red brake warning lamp gt Engage the parking brake comes on while the engine is running and you hear a warning sound gt Rea
37. Reinstalling ashtray insert Install gt Open the ashtray gt page 247 ashtray insert 1 ashtray insert 4 gt Switch on the ignition gt Closing Push cover 2 gt Closing Push cover 2 gt Push in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out Rear center console ashtray Cigarette lighter automatically when hot gt Take out cigarette lighter 4 H Close the ashtray when not in use and A Observe Safety notes see before folding the second row seats 3e 66 gt Reinsert cigarette lighter C in its socket Otherwise you could damage the ashtray pag after use A Warning Never touch the heating element or sides H The lighter socket can be used to of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold accommodate 12V DC electrical the knob only accessories up to a maximum of 180 W Make sure any children traveling with you designed for use with the standard do not injure themselves or start a fire with cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind the hot cigarette lighter however that connecting accessories to the lighter socket for example extensive connecting and disconnecting or using plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket damaged the lighter may not function properly any longer Ashtray insert Cover H The cigarette lighter is not designed for use with the electric air pump Use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump ope
38. The air conditioning compressor remains switched on To deactivate you can also press button Ci or ma Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 122 gt Press air distribution button or EA Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button gt Activating Press button EJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button J is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes If you have turned off the air conditioning or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically gt Deactivating Press button EJ The indicator lamp in the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode
39. The certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle Tires and wheels P00 10 4437 31 Driver s door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the Tire and Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle b gt Operation Tires and wheels Tire and Loading Information A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle TIRE AND LOAL oi i oi wt Pe ot i wi pet p lt i a i 2 4 P40 00 2075 31 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard T
40. There has been a warning message about a loss in the tire inflation pressure and the Run Flat Indicator was not restarted yet The Run Flat Indicator is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neutral position N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed Possible solution gt Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each tire gt Then restart the Run Flat Indicator gt page 282 gt Have the Run Flat Indicator checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire Pressure Check Tires The Run Flat Indicator indicates that the gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding pressure is too low in one or more tires abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 281 gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 397 gt Restart the Run Flat Indicator after adjusting the tire inflation pressure values gt page 282 lire Pressure Inoperative The TPMS is malfunctioning gt Have the TPMS checked at an authorized Monitor Mercedes Benz Center Tire Pressure Inoperative There are wheels without appropriate gt Have the TPMS checked at an authorized Monitor No Wheel Sensors whe
41. Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Operation Vehicle care Headliner gt Use a Soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented b gt Operation Vehicle care A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent e deployment of the front side impact air bags e deployment of the rear side impact air bags e activation of the active head restraints Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Leather upholstery Please note that leather
42. call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAV button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more if the indicator lamp in the Information button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Emergency calls can only be terminate
43. e Press memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Control system gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Comfort submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Easy entry Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Easy entry Function N OFF O f e gt Press button or B to switch the easy entry feature On or Off Setting fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors Use this function to set the exterior rear view mirrors to be automatically folded in when you lock your vehicle With this function set to On and the exterior rear view mirrors folded in using the button on the door control panel gt page 112 the exterior rear view mirrors will not fold out when you switch on the ignition You will then have to fold out the exterior rear view mirrors using the button on the door control panel gt page 112 Make sure both exterior rear view mirrors are folded out completely before driving off gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Comfort submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Fold In Mirrors When Locking appears in the multi
44. front passenger seat as being occupied Suggested solutions gt Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the engine gt Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out Practical hints Problem Possible cause consequence During driving the red seat belt telltale flashes and you additionally hear an intermittent warning chime with increasing intensity The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied What to do if Suggested solutions gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a Safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and front
45. function will continue to warn you when recognizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in your vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning will sound if necessary If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the preceding vehicle When depressing the brake pedal the warning sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the preceding vehicle is sufficient again without applying the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp will also go out A Warning If the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do Controls in detail not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application This will not always enable you to avoid a collision especially when traveling on varying road surface conditions and with varying driver reaction Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the distance warning function This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings gt Switch on the distance warning function in the control system
46. gt Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM gt Check the fuel cap gt page 265 gt If itis not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the air filter checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the water drained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Have the AdBlue tank refilled as soon as possible gt page 405 Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display messages R Remaining Starts 20 When the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display you can start the eng ine 20 more times If you do not add AdBlue the Lamps Display messages ROE Reverse or Reverse SOE Brake La or Brake La ROS Active Headlamps Inoperative Lamp Left Lamp Right D Lert p Right Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The AdBlue supply has dropped to the minimum level engine cannot be started beyond that Possible solution gt Have the AdBlue tank refilled immediately gt page 405 Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center containers AdBlue or have the AdBlue point Therefore fill the AdBlue tank with tank filled at an authorized Mercedes Benz approximately 1 gal 3 79 1
47. gt page 164 Hill start assist system A Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake and does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P On uphill grades with a gradient angle of more than 5 the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approximately 1 second after you have Driving systems released the brake pedal Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off on a level road or downhill grades e with the automatic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction Controls in detail Driving systems Downhill Speed Regulation DSR A Warning The Downhill Speed Regulation DSR is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The system must be set to be appropriate for the topographical and weather conditions encountered which can change quickly The driver is and must remain at all times respo
48. is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category Furthermore the occupant weight may appear to increase or decrease due to the following objects hanging on the seat lodged underneath the seat stuffed between the seat and middle console or the seat and door other passengers pushing on the seat or objects applying pressure to the back of the Occupant safety seat Always make sure the seat has clearance in all directions at all times 0 If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned A Warning If the indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger re position himself or herself in the seat until the indicator lamp goes out or check whether objects are caught under or around the seat In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less bp Safety and security
49. rview of climate control system functions and air vents Your vehicle is equipped with either of the following climate control systems Climate control 3 zone automatic climate control Rear automatic climate control P83 25 2358 31 P83 25 2358 31 USA only P83 40 4113 31 P83 25 2206 31 Canada only The climate control combines an automatic The 3 zone automatic climate control The rear automatic climate control allows heating and ventilation system with a cooling combines an automatic heating and separate climate settings for the rear system You can adjust the automatic climate ventilation system with a cooling system You compartment control separately for the driver s and can adjust the 3 zone automatic climate passenger side control separately for each zone in the vehicle Controls in detail Overview of climate control system functions and air vents A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air A ee vents If necessary use the air distribution Left center air vent adjustable Example illustration driver s side adjustment to direct the air to air vents in Right center air vent adjustable Le
50. sand water or other dirty conditions clean the brake discs wheels brake pads and check and clean axle joints e Conduct a brake test Operation Driving instructions Trailer towing A Warning Failure to use proper equipment and driving technique can result in a loss of vehicle control when towing a trailer Improper towing or failure to follow the instructions in this manual can result in vehicle damage and or serious personal injury Follow the guidelines below carefully to assure safe trailer operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center should you require an explanation of information contained in this manual Trailer hitch e Only install a trailer hitch receiver approved for your vehicle For information on availability and installation contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e The bumpers on your vehicle are not designed for use with clamp type hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them e To reduce the possibility of damage remove the hitch ball adapter from the receiver when not in use Electrical connections The vehicle is prewired to accept the seven wire harness included in the Mercedes Benz approved trailer hitch receiver kit A four pole conversion plug is available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as a spare part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle and trailer weights and ratings
51. turn off the air conditioning system Engine coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the climate control fan speed to high and setting the temperature control to the maximum Extreme care must be exercised since your vehicle with a trailer will require additional passing distance ahead than when driving without a trailer Because your vehicle and trailer is longer than your vehicle alone you will also need to go much farther ahead of the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane A Warning While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer make sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result Make sure that you do not operate the ADS button or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt page 136 gt Engage the parking brake for the vehicle gt page 133 gt Start the engine gt page 128 gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Engage the parking brake for the trailer A Warning As soon as you disconnect the electrical connection between the trailer and the vehicle the vehicle will lower To help avoid personal injury make sure no one is near the wheel housing or underneath the disconnected When you decouple the trailer the vehi
52. unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt page 175 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time Controls in detail you lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt page 175 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting a lower speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected deceleration of the vehicle co
53. 2 and and release them when indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control 6 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away Useful features from the signal transmitter button or to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp C in view gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds gt Step 5 After indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button 2 or and observe indicator lamp 4 If indicato
54. 281 Information placard 275 Inspections asine 273 Labeling rercriceses repico eis 286 Load TINE oaen 295 Messages in the multifunction displaye ea g 344 368 MOExtended 425 Ply composition and material used 295 Problems under overinflation 280 Retreads 5 5 4 6 44s cede 272 Rims and tires technical data 425 ROtALION seer cesta ee tana 296 Run Flat Indicator 282 Service life 24 274 SIZES disianyue E Nr alan 425 Snow chains 04 297 Speed rating 288 295 SONNE hx cies ane os Dhaene ded s 274 Temperature 280 293 Terminology sa sc 4eeee0 e84es 293 Tire Identification Number 295 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS eis piee a eee acs 283 TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale 380 Traction 000085 292 296 Tr ad 50 onan atheros oe stewie al 296 Tread depth 274 297 Treadwear indicators 274 296 Vehicle maximum loadon 296 Wear pattern 296 Winter tires 0 297 425 Tire speed rating 288 295 Tongue Weight Rating see TWR Top tether Children in the vehicle 68 Total load limit 295 Towing Trailefs 33cdeb poe es hanes 139 WeiiCl cz 2 5 3 2 ables naerenn St 412 Towing eye bolt 413 Tow start 0050 410 412 Traction 0 000 ee eee 296 Trailer towin
55. AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 refill Possible cause consequence The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning The left or right brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used Center After AdBlue was refilled the engine can be started again Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 388 gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 388 b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages 3rd Brake or Right arker La Left or arker La Right Parking Left or Parking L Right High Bea or High Bea Front Fogl Front Fogl Lamp amp Left amp p Front p Front Lamp Front amp Front Left Right Possible cause consequence The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb
56. All models 9 5 US qt 9 0 I Front axle All models PAUSA E lente Rear axle All models TA US Ci Rear axle with differential lock All models Transfer case single speed All models 1 7 US gt 1 61 0 53 US qt 0 51 For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB Automatic Transmission Fluid Hypoid gear oil Hypoid gear oil Hypoid gear oil MB Automatic Transmission Fluid Transfer case double speed Power steering Brake system Cooling system Fuel tank including a reserve of AdBlue tank Model All models All models All models GL 320 BlueTEC GL 450 GL 550 All models GL 320 BlueTEC Capacity 1 6 US qt 1 5 1 approx 1 3 US qt 1 2 approx 10 0 US qt 9 5 approx 12 7 US qt 12 0 26 4 US gal 100 01 3 4 US gal 13 0 l 8 3 US gal 31 51 A Val Cer Me ELE Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB Automatic Transmission Fluid MB Power Steering Fluid or approved Dexron III ATF MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Gasoline engine Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 9 1 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Diesel engine ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM AdBlue complying with
57. Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Truck Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws 1 Applicable to vehicles with gasoline engine only Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities
58. Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be sufficiently charged gt Get a jump start gt page 410 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about two minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control H Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you hear a warning signal and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brake
59. ISO 22241 b gt Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Air conditioning system All models R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Washer system and headlamp All models 7 6 US gt 7 2 MB Windshield Washer cleaning system Concentrate Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 440 Approved engine oils covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Use the table below to determine the Warranty MB sheet number Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our please tallow Maintenance system Model Engine MB sheet recommendations for scheduled oil service intervals Therefore only use h Failure to d il Iti type number approved engine oils and oil filters required ee for vehicles with Maintenance System engine or emission control system damage GL 320 BlueTEC 642 229 51 not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited For a listing of approved engine oils and oil Warranty l GL 450 273 229 5 filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL GL 550 273 229 5 H Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not
60. S ea en n EG 78 ABS epr rcrriscrenierrepa nerd 76 BAS egeta cs bce e a 77 EBPs sasien bet e rE 77 ESP cosmo aono niie ais 77 Driving systems Air suspension program 185 Cruise control se c06e cae wees 169 DISON Cied hn bd ahee sennae 172 Downhill Speed Regulation DSR 182 Off road driving program 185 Parktronic system 193 Rear view camera 197 Driving tips automatic transmission 139 DSR Downhill Speed Regulation 182 Messages in the multifunction GIS PLAY nener renra ei ora O 353 E Easy entry exit feature 109 163 EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning 77 Electrical system Improper work on or modifications 23 Power outlets 04 249 Technical data 429 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Traction System see 4 ETS Emergency in case of Battery jump starting Firstaid Kitesdia edad i iva den be PATTI ace ote keene ook ee amp Hazard warning flasher Roadside Assistance Towing the vehicle Emergency calls Tele Aid 0 e eee eee Emergency engine shutdown Emergency operations Limp home mode Locking unlocking the vehicle Remote door unlock Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control Information label System warranties Engine Brake in recommendati
61. Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button 2 or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory Ifyou sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Useful features gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control 5 typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz e Put a new battery in hand held remote control This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a faster and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control e While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 Controls in detail Useful features to 12 inches 5
62. Switch on the ignition gt Opening Closing Press or pull and hold switch C to 4 to the resistance point The corresponding window will move downwards or upwards until you release the switch Controls in detail Power windows gt Express operation Press or pull switch Q to past the resistance point and release The corresponding window opens or closes completely gt Stopping during express operation Press or pull the respective switch again Closing when a door window is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing a door window with greater force or without automatic reversal function If the upward movement of a door window is blocked during the closing procedure the door window will stop and open slightly However the door window will exert greater force before reversing than when the door window is closed in express operation Please exercise caution gt Immediately after the door window has stopped because it was blocked pull the respective switch upwards until the door window is fully closed If the door window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the door window was blocked pull the respective switch upwards until the door window is fully closed A Warning Pressing and holding the switch to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door window to close
63. The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches marking bar in expansion tank e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Replace and tighten cap 2 For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 438 and gt page 433 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned H Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir Operation Tires and wheels H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or de ionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged Cap for washer fluid reservoir Fluid for the washer system rear window washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer fluid reservoir During all seasons add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit to water Premix the washer fluid in a suitable container 272 gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap 1 upwards gt Refill the
64. This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking switches do not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap The switches are located in each front door E Central unlocking switch Central locking switch Locking and unlocking gt Locking Press central locking switch 2 If all doors and the tailgate are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch You can open a locked door from inside at any time Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a front door is opened from the inside e and the SmartKey is set to selective settings only the front door opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle was previously locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked A Warning Make sure the tailgate is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among gt Pull tailgate upwards to open other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior Closing the tailgate from the outside resulting in unconsciousness and death War
65. a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Lamp in center console Problem Canada only The indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated gt page 58 Possible cause consequence The system is malfunctioning when there is no BabySmart Practical hints Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to A BabySmart child seat is installed on the passenger seat Therefore the front passenger front air bag is switched off child seat installed on the passenger seat Suggested solutions What to do if detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always c
66. activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press the button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Cal Connected appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the emergency provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance wi
67. activated head restraints Resetting activated head restraints If the active head restraints have been triggered in a rear end collision the active head restraints must be reset You can tell that the active head restraints have been triggered when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted A Warning For safety reasons have the active head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision A Warning When pushing back the head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury Pressing the head restraint cushion back requires high force If you encounter difficulties when pushing the head restraint back please have the procedure performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center P91 16 2673 31 Pull Adjust downward Press gt Pull the top of the head restraint cushion in direction of arrow Q as far as it will go gt Adjust the head restraint cushion downward in direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go gt Firmly press the top of the active head restraint cushion towards the head restraint cover in direction of arrow 3 until it engages gt Repeat this procedure on the a
68. advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance For more information see What to do if gt page 371 Off road ABS With the off road driving program switched on or with the transmission in LOW RANGE mode the ABS is designed for off road is automatically activated When applying the brakes at speeds below 18 mph 30 km h the front wheels are locked cyclically to shorten the braking distance dig in effect This effects steering the vehicle BAS A Observe Safety notes see page 75 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS
69. and at a constant speed e Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the engine H Do not open any of the vehicle s doors while driving through water Water could otherwise enter the vehicle interior and damage the vehicle s electronics as well as the interior equipment Operation Driving instructions e There is a very high level of driving resistance in water The surface is slippery and may not be firm making pulling away in water difficult and dangerous e Make sure that only small bow waves are formed when driving the vehicle through water e Clean mud off the tire tread after driving through water e To dry the brakes apply pressure to the brake pedal several times while driving after leaving the water Crossing obstacles PO00 00 4135 31 H Obstacles can damage the vehicle underbody or suspension components If 307 b gt Operation Driving instructions possible use the assistance of a second person outside the vehicle to scout the path you intend to take and check for adequate ground clearance when you cross obstacles with your vehicle The person assisting you outside the vehicle should always be a safe distance away from the vehicle and positioned so that he or she cannot get hurt in case of any unexpected vehicle movement After off road driving or crossing obstacles inspect vehicle for any damage especially vehicle underbody and suspension components Fai
70. and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 139 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine the transfer case the center differential or the rear differential has been replaced At the gas station Refueling A Warning Gasoline and diesel fuels are highly flammable and poisonous They burn violently and can cause serious injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline or diesel fuel Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline or diesel fuel avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could c
71. and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possi
72. anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times the locking knobs in the doors move down and the anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the tailgate must be closed H If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if necessary e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door e Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle e Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2337 31 Lock button Unlock button for tailgate Unlock button Battery check lamp USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this dev
73. authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the indicator lamp while driving to make sure the EA indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing ch
74. be sheen 90 Messages in the multifunction display se snn nagana rnea 353 OPENING oes ce ce aoei ea i 90 Power tailgate 91 Taillamps 0 4 388 Cleaning lenses 321 Messages in the multifunction display arseron mandncd sadearemacee 366 Replacing bulbs 388 Tar Stains i isisosecacdiasdeaccacdaedsand atebe 319 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 435 Brake flulid 004 435 Capacities fuels coolants lubricants etc 0 432 Coolants vrcisaba dich exe waa 438 Dimensions 430 Electrical system 429 EASING jc eee E eens a6 423 Engine oil additives 435 EMigine Oil s2 3 20 00 ec edad adedes 434 Fuel requirements 436 Gasoline additives 437 Identification labels 421 Premium unleaded gasoline 435 Rims and tires 425 Spare wheel 428 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTE Mee eee Ree ee Oe ace dks 434 WeightS 0 535 c1ecepedboesees 431 Tel Aid cise odin ee tieav eae eeeh 251 Emergency callS 252 Information button 254 Initiating an emergency call ManWAlly 224 c0 notte awer sai 253 Messages in the multifunction display recete darete re anrs 348 Remote door unlock 255 Roadside Assistance button 253 SOS DULLON eerie inaia eye atws 253 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 256 System self
75. below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations in which it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning Safety and security When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the 4 ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel e the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e you cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic system e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle Driving safety systems ESP switch gt With the engine running press ESP switch until the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on The ES
76. bolt supplied with the vehicle tool kit gt Attach reversible ratchet 4 to jack in gt Remove the remaining bolts such a way that the word UP can be seen H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt gt Place jack 3 on firm ground l 8 This could result in damage to the wheel gt Position jack under take up bracket bolts and wheel hub threads so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an gt Remove the wheel incline Practical hints Flat tire Attaching the spare wheel Z Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts Z Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while M a installing first wheel bolt P40 10 3705 31 Wheel bolt for 19 20 and 21 light alloy wheels Wheel bolt for Minispare wheel located in P40 10
77. by hand gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors C on the bumpers H Applying strong pressure may damage the sensor covers Cleaning the rear view camera lens P54 00 2637 31 Camera lens gt Only use clean water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean camera lens Q Be careful not to apply wax to camera lens C when waxing the vehicle If necessary DD 321 Operation Vehicle care remove the wax using the Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Do not clean the camera and the area around the camera e with a high pressure cleaner e with a dry cloth and strong pressure e with aggressive cleaning agents You could otherwise damage the camera Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades H Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place gt Clean the windshield and the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and mild detergen
78. child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the indicator lamp while driving to make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates e If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator lamp every time you use a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat Should the indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed please check i
79. child seat installed Child safety Child safety locks A Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning Children could open a rear door from the inside This may cause serious personal injury or an accident Therefore secure the rear doors with the child safety locks whenever children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The child safety locks on the rear doors enable you to secure each rear door individually You cannot open a secured rear door from the inside You can open the rear door from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked i Safety and security Occupant safety Releasing Securing gt Securing Press the lever down in direction of arrow 2 gt Check to make sure the child safety locks are working properly gt Releasing Press the lever up in direction of arrow Q Override switch N Observe Safety notes see page 68 With the override switch you can disable the rear door window switches in the rear door panels A Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the window opening AXA A he 2 Override switch gt Activating Press override switch C The switch engages in recessed position The rear door windows can no longer be operated using the respective switch located in the rear doors It is still possible to operate
80. com USA only Diesel engine If you have driven the vehicle until the tank is empty the fuel system needs to be bled gt page 404 The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap Incase that the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler flap gt page 385 Fuel filler flap Fuel filler cap gt Turn off the engine Leaving the engine running and the fuel filler cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the malfunction indicator lamp Kas USA only or Canada only to illuminate For more information see also Practical hints gt page 379 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Opening Press fuel filler flap at the point indicated by the arrow gt Turn fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise gt Take off fuel filler cap 2 H The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could damage the vehicle paint finish gt Set fuel filler cap 2 on fuel filler flap gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel gt Only fill you
81. consequence The selected vehicle level cannot adjusted because e you are driving too fast for the desired vehicle level e you are towing a trailer e you are using accessories that are connected to the trailer power socket e g a bicycle rack The air suspension is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Reduce vehicle speed and set the desired vehicle level again gt page 186 gt Observe the notes on trailer towing gt page 310 gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages a a i Compressor Cooling Down Rising Max 12 MPH Max 12 MPH Being lowered Max 12 MPH Possible cause consequence Possible solution You have selected a higher vehicle level gt Let the compressor cool down until the Due to frequent level changes within a message disappears short period the compressor must cool The selected level will be set once the down first compressor has cooled down H When the message Compressor Cooling Down appears in the multifunction display driving is still possible Keep in mind that the ride height of the vehicle is not yet reached so you can damage the underbody of the vehicle The vehicle is adjusting to off road level 3 gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h You are driving while using
82. could lead to an accident and cause injury to yourself and others Please observe related messages appearing in the multifunction display Switching LOW RANGE mode LOW RANGE switch Indicator lamp LOW RANGE indicator Controls in detail Switching LOW RANGE mode on switching from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE H The shifting procedure can only be performed when the following conditions are met e The engine is running e The automatic transmission is in neutral position N e The vehicle speed does not exceed 25 mph 40 km h There is no reset to HIGH after the ignition has been switched off gt Press LOW RANGE switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 flashes If the system senses that all conditions are met it will switch from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE A chime sounds and LOW RANGE indicator 3 appears in the multifunction display Indicator lamp 2 on LOW RANGE switch comes on continuously indicating that the LOW RANGE mode has been activated Transfer case You can cancel the procedure by pressing the LOW RANGE switch again while the indicator lamp is flashing Switching LOW RANGE mode off switching from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE H The shifting procedure can only be performed when the following conditions are met e The engine is running e The automatic transmission is in neutral position N e The vehicle speed does not exceed 43 mph 70 km h There is no reset to LOW after the
83. cruise control lever The vehicle speed increases in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h Reduce set speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The vehicle speed decreases in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h Each time the set speed is changed DSR will appear in the multifunction display and the changed set speed is shown The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the new set speed The set speed is canceled when the DSR is switched off If the DSR is switched on again the DSR will use the programmed default speed gt page 165 The off road driving program is designed to assist the driver when driving off road in terrain and crossing water The off road driving program adjusts the engine power and shifting of the automatic transmission to be more suitable for the off road use of the vehicle In addition the ABS ESP and 4 ETS designed for off road use are automatically activated In the following situations you should switch to the off road driving program e during off road driving e when crossing water gt page 306 e when towing up or down on steep gradients Switch for off road driving program Indicator lamp Switching off road driving program on gt Press switch C Indica
84. depending on the set vehicle level vehicles with enhanced off road package Turning circle GL 450 200 6 in 5096 mm 83 6 in 2 124 mm 72 4 in 75 6 in 1840 mm 1920 mm 72 4 in 76 8 in 1840 mm 1950 mm 121 1 in 3075 mm 65 0 in 1651 mm 65 1 in 1654 mm 8 0 in 10 9 in 202 mm 277 mm 8 0 in 12 1 in 202 mm 307 mm 39 7 ft 12 1 m GL 320 BlueTEC GL 550 200 6 in 5096 mm 83 6 in 2 124 mm 72 4 in 75 6 in 1840 mm 1920 mm 72 4 in 76 8 in 1840 mm 1950 mm 121 1 in 3075 mm 64 8 in 1645 mm 64 9 in 1648 mm 8 0 in 10 9 in 202 mm 277 mm 8 0 in 12 1 in 202 mm 307 mm 39 7 ft 12 1 m Xe aay cers ice ELE Weights All models max 198 Ib 90 kg Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing Benz of service fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children Model Capacity Engine with oil filter GL 320 BlueTEC 9 0 US qt 8 5 I GL 550 GL 450 9 5 US qt 9 0 I Automatic transmission
85. driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to operate together with the driver front air bag Occupant safety in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold The knee bag 3 operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 49 A Warning The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and security Occupant safety Front side impact air bag Rear side impact air bag When deployed the side impact air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the thorax but not the head neck and arms of the occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs The side impact air bags are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in side impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold e regardless of whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Vehicles with O
86. electronically limits Controls in detail directly shifting the automatic transmission between drive position D and reverse gear R to very low speeds i e approximately 5 mph 9 km h To shift the automatic transmission directly between drive position D and reverse gear R move the gear selector lever past the resistance point up or down Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Towing a trailer gt When you tow a trailer shift into a lower gear range manually if the automatic transmission hunts between gears on inclines A lower gear range and reduction of speed reduces the potential to overload or to overheat the engine For more information on trailer towing see the Operation section gt page 310 Automatic transmission Gear ranges j With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting gt page 140 The current gear range appears in the multifunction display Gear range indicator Controls in detail Automatic transmission g Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving on steep downgrades e in
87. engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects One wheel chock is included with the vehicle tool kit gt page 326 For information on setting up the collapsible wheel chock see gt page 328 A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others Flat tire Changing wheel on a level surface P40 00 2106 31 Changing rear wheel on passenger side example illustration gt Place the wheel chock in front of and another sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Changing wheel on a slight decline Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona slight decline place the wheel chock and another sizeable object as follows b gt Practical hints Flat tire P40 00 2107 31 Changing wheel on passenger side example illustration gt Place the wheel chock and another sizeable object in front of both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed Changing wheel on a slight incline Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona slight incline place
88. every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display Press button to take a call to dial to redial to end a call to reject an incoming call Press button to select submenus in the E Settings menu to set values to set the volume Press button to turn Voice Control System on see separate operating instructions Press button to select next or previous menu 6 Function only available in telephone menu Controls in detail Press button briefly B49 to move within a menu BA Within Audio DVD menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station Within Telephone menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Press and hold button E Within Audio DVD menu to B select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band Within Telephone menu to start the quick search in the phone book Press button to turn Voice Control System off see separate operating instructions 7 Vehicles without Voice Control System Button without function Control system Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display
89. fail from St being overheated This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 277 dhd Maximum permissible tire inflation For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride Always follow the recommended tire inflation bees comfort wear unevenly increase stopping Pressure gt page 279 for proper tire distance and result in sudden deflation inflation Maximum tire load rating f blowout because they are more likely to Forillustration purposes only Actual data become punctured or damaged by road on tires are specific to each vehicle and debris potholes etc may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels Forillustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section wi
90. fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly Introduction Operator s Manual notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent toa dealer it should be addressed to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maint
91. flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant temperature display indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department A Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool off completely before touching any b gt Operation Engine compartment components on the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades A Warning Vehicles with gasoline engine The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually A Warning Vehicles with diesel engine The engine is equipped with a high voltage electronic control unit for the injection system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any compon
92. gt Activating Press button Eig The indicator lamp in the button comes on The settings for the passenger side are also used for the rear passenger compartment gt Deactivating Press button or EJ The indicator lamp in button MA goes out The automatic air volume is switched off and is controlled according to the desired setting The automatic air distribution remains switched on or gt Press one air distribution button JP a or E The indicator lamp in button MA goes out The automatic air distribution is switched off and is controlled according to the desired position The automatic air volume remains switched on Automatic mode with rear climate control panel gt Activating Press button Mg The indicator lamp in the button comes on The temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Deactivating Press button or EJ The automatic air volume is switched off and is controlled according to the desired setting The automatic air distribution remains switched on or gt Press button or EJ The automatic air distribution is switched off and is controlled according to the desired position The automatic air volume remains switched on Setting the temperature You can set the air temperature for each of the 3 zones separately You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C Front temperature w
93. gt Switching on off rear reading lamps Press second row reading lamp Q as indicated by the arrow The third row reading lamps are located in the rear overhead control panel 2 gt D Right third row reading lamp on off Left third row reading lamp on off Left third row reading lamp Rear interior lighting Right third row reading lamp gt Switching on off third row reading lamps Press respective reading lamp switch JES The rear interior lighting is switched on and off using the button on the front overhead control panel gt page 120 Controls in detail Wipers Notes H Do not operate the wipers when the windshield rear window is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield rear window might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield rear window If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid Combination switch Single wipe Wiping with washer fluid Switching on windshield wipers gt Switch on the ignition Windshield wipers Switching on off HE Windshield wipers off B Siow intermittent wiping Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity BA Fast intermittent wiping Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity EX Slow continuous wiping E Fast continuous wiping gt Turn the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to the desired position d
94. h ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of tire load rating and tire speed rating If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire 13 or M S 4 for winter tires Operation All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S 8 upto 100 mph 160
95. has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed in the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting for the cruise control system Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow C or press in direction of arrow 2 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic transmission will downshift automatically Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 3 The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The cruise control switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake The cruise control switches off automatically and an acoustic warning will sound when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h the ESP is in operation the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving
96. ignition has been switched off gt Press LOW RANGE switch Indicator lamp 2 flashes If the system senses that all conditions are met it will switch from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE A chime sounds and LOW RANGE indicator 3 disappears from the multifunction display b gt Controls in detail Differential locks Canada only Indicator lamp 2 on LOW RANGE switch goes out indicating that the LOW RANGE mode has been deactivated You can cancel the procedure by pressing the LOW RANGE switch again while the indicator lamp is flashing For messages in the multifunction display see the Practical hints section gt page 352 Differential locks Canada only Vehicles with enhanced off road package are equipped with automatic locks for the center and rear axle differential to improve vehicle traction The center differential compensates for differences in wheel rotation between the front and rear axle The rear axle differential compensates differences between the rear wheels At the front axles the 4 ETS system compensates for any traction problems For more information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 303 A few words about differentials and differential locks When a vehicle negotiates a turn wheels on the outside of the curve must travel farther and rotate faster than the inside wheels The differential the operation of a set of gears that allows the powe
97. impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest A Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners that do not require replacement after activation Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE A Warning PRE SAFE is intended to reduce the effects of an accident on vehicle occupants who are wearing their seat belt properly Despite having the PRE SAFE system in your vehicle the possibility of injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore you should always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions Safety and security Your vehicle takes preventive measures to better protect the occupants in the following hazardous situations automatically PRE SAFE takes action in e emergency braking maneuvers with the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 77 a
98. is automatically locked Center differential is completely locked N wo Differential locks Canada only Center and rear axle differential are completely locked Ss The AUTO mode is adequate for most driving situations since the center differential is locked and released as required At speeds up to 19 mph 30 km h it is possible to manually lock the differential locks for driving on rough terrain gt Start the engine The center differential lock is in AUTO mode The indicator lamp on adjustment ring C above symbol MA is on Controls in detail Differential locks Canada only Center and rear axle differential locks A Warning Never drive on a paved surface with the center and rear axle differential locks manually engaged Ability to steer the vehicle is greatly reduced when the differential locks are manually engaged increasing the risk of an accident For safety reasons the locks are automatically released at a vehicle speed above 31 mph 50 km h Nevertheless you should only manually lock the differential if absolutely necessary because engaged locks will restrict the vehicle drivetrain while cornering and cause the vehicle to chatter This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident H The differential locks must not be engaged manually when towing the vehicle or spinning the wheels The differential locks should only be enga
99. km h TM S 3 upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S 3 up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S 3 up to 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake A marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Tires and wheels Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 425 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you Load identification Load identification For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels In addition to tire load rating special load identification Q may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire
100. maintenance service indicator display gt page 317 Checking coolant temperature A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Press button Pay or E repeatedly until the coolant temperature appears in the multifunction display During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature You can select whether the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display gt page 159 A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temp
101. more than one person at atime Do not fasten a seat belt Safety and security around a person and another person or other objects at the same time e Seat belts should not be worn twisted In acrash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible e Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupant safety A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat bel
102. mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades One touch gearshifting With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range using the steering wheel gearshift contol Steering wheel gearshift control Limiting gear range Downshift in manual program mode M Extending gear range Upshift in manual program mode M You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic transmission is in park position P neutral position N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly pull left gearshift control 4 The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly pull right gearshift control 2 The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action
103. mounted in the size adapted accordingly Avoid abrupt steering Specified for your vehicle gt page 425 and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance can be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you smell rubber e ESP is intervening continuously e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure only tires marked with Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only Driving the vehicle until the fuel tank is empty is not recommended Otherwise air may be sucked into the fuel system If this happens the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or Canada only comes on and the engine may not start immediately after refueling the vehicle After refueling gt Make sure the automatic t
104. of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident For more information on loading please refer to the Loading and storing gt page 227 chapter Infant and child restraint systems A Observe Safety notes see page 68 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion Canada only Only use a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract completely To deactivate the special seat belt retractor for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat must be in the most backward position The seat belt can again be used in the usual manner A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Safety and security Information on child seats with mounting fittin
105. of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic emergency tensioning devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require Occupant safety special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that is deployed must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection No modific
106. outlet in cargo compartment 115V AC Socket The 115V AC socket operates at high voltage Use the 115V AC socket in the vehicle with the same caution and prudence that you exercise when using power outlets at home Keep any fluids away from the 115V AC socket Do not clean the socket with fluids or tapered objects Keep the 115V AC socket cover in the closed position when not in use Otherwise you could suffer an electric shock and be seriously or even fatally injured Controls in detail Useful features A Warning A device that you connect must have a suitable plug that complies with U S standards Never pull on the cable to unplug a plug from the 115V AC socket Do not use a damaged connection cable The 115V AC socket may not be connected to another 115V AC power source This could cause serious personal injury to you and or others A Warning If the 115V AC socket is damaged or torn out of the trim do not use or touch the 115V AC socket Using a 115V AC socket that is damaged or torn out of the trim could cause serios personal injury to you and or others x 115V AC socket LED Cover The 115V AC socket provides an alternating current of 115 volts which enables you to connect small electrical devices with a combined received power of 150 W at most You can connect small devices such as game consoles mobile phone chargers laptops etc Prerequisites for operation e The 12V DC
107. page 432 For information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 361 Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Example illustration GL 450 GL 320 BlueTEC GL 550 similar Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap C from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 432 and gt page 434 Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be ch
108. passenger side Rotary switch for differential locks Swich for LOW RANGE mode Switch for Downhill Speed Regulation DSR Page 202 210 223 107 107 145 142 182 0 Center console Function Page Rotary switch for vehicle level control 189 Alarm system indicator lamp 81 Seat ventilation driver s side 107 Seat heating driver s side 107 Adaptive Damping System ADS switch 185 Electronic Stability Program ESP switch 79 Parktronic system deactivation switch 196 Hazard warning flasher switch 118 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 56 At a glance Center console Function Storage compartment or Ashtray Cup holder Front armrest storage compartment Card ticket holder Page 243 247 245 244 245 Overhead control panel P68 00 4986 31 Oo 0110 O1e At a glance Function Left front reading lamp on off Rear interior lighting on off Automatic interior lighting Front interior lighting on off Right reading lamp on off Front right interior lamp Power tilt sliding sunroof switch Tele Aid emergency call system button Interior rear view mirror Front right reading lamp Page 120 120 120 120 120 120 224 253 111 120 Overhead control panel Function Page Front left reading lamp 120 Garage door opener 256 Vehicles withou
109. pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Run Flat Indicator Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the Run Flat Indicator monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rotational speed This allows the system to detect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The Run Flat Indicator may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e when snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in the presence of ice and snow e when you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e when you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves A Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Tire Pressure Check Tires one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or if available on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ab
110. provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms of the occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs Window curtain air bags 4 are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in side impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold e independently of the front air bags e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e regardless of whether the seat belt is in use e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Window curtain air bags 4 are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags 4 deploy in the area indicated by the arrows Safety and security Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS is standard equipment in USA The OCS automatically turns the front passenger front air bag on or off based on the classified occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate the front passenger side impact air bag the window curtain air bag and the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs Occupants must sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with their back against the seat backrest and feet on the floor to be correctly classified If the occupant s weight
111. restraint or less on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints Unlocking locking manually Unlocking locking manually gt Move locking tab Q in direction of arrow Unlocking the vehicle If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the driver s door using the mechanical key Unlocking the vehicle with the mechanical key and opening the driver s door will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Removing the mechanical key P80 20 2839 31 Mechanical key locking tab Mechanical key gt Slide mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door P72 10 3520 31 1 Unlocking Mechanical key gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock until it stops gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position 1 and hold it there gt Pull the door handle until the locking knob moves up The driver s door is unlocked gt Pull the door handle once more to open the driver s door Locking the vehicle If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows gt Close the front passenger door the right rear door and the tailgate gt Open the driver s door and the rear left door gt Press the central
112. road package Parktronic switch Indicator lamp Vehicle with enhanced off road package Parktronic switch Indicator lamp gt Switching off Parktronic system Press Parktronic switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 comes on gt Switching on Parktronic system Press Parktronic switch 4 again Vehicles with original equipment Mercedes Benz Trailer Hitch Kit The rear Parktronic sensor will disengage automatically when towing a trailer Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronic system if only the red distance segments illuminate and an acoustic warning sounds The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch Q comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch Q comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 321 gt Switch on the ignition Controls in detail or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location t
113. row seats you can remove the seat cover in order to reach under the seats Example passenger side gt Removing Fold the respective seat halfway in or out gt page 235 gt Reach into the recess in the seat cover gt Pull the seat cover in direction of arrow gt Remove the seat cover to reach under the seats gt Installing Fold the seat halfway in or out gt page 235 gt Put the seat cover back into place using the guide pins Operation Vehicle equipment ce 264 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 264 At the gas station eee 265 Engine compartment 05 267 Tires and wheels eeceeeeeeee 272 Wintendriving s s ccsercceeeers 297 Driving instructions 0 299 Maintenance m eese 315 Vehicleicare TEREE essere 318 Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Vehicle equipment The first 1000 miles 1500 km Always obey applicable speed limits This Operator s Manual describes all The more cautiously you treat your vehicle features standard or optional potentially during the break in period the more satisfied available for your vehicle at the time of you will be with its performance later on purchase Please be aware that your e Drive your vehicle during the first vehicle might not be equipped with all 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but features described in this manual moderate vehicle
114. see Children in the vehicle gt page 68 A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without DD Safety and security Occupant safety your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than the
115. speed and driving to possible changed driving behavior of the vehicle after changing the vehicle level The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle H Keep in mind that in rough or uneven terrain adjusting the vehicle to a lower Controls in detail level may cause the vehicle underbody to come in contact with the ground and result in damage to the vehicle underbody Always make sure the vehicle has sufficient ground clearance before adjusting it to a lower level H Before jacking up the vehicle with equipment that lifts one or more of the wheels completely off of the ground remove the SmartKey from the starter switch For information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 303 Vehicles without enhanced off road package Vehicle level control switch Driving systems Indicator lamp Basic settings The following vehicle chassis ride heights can be selected using the vehicle level control switch in the center console Level Driving situation Raised For off road driving or driving in rough terrain The indicator lamp is on Highway For driving on paved roads in fair or better condition The indicator lamp is off The third available level is the highspeed level that is set automatically The following is the approximate change in ride height for each of the lev
116. speed rating gt page 287 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire e C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture A 010 7008 DOT Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol Q denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark 2 denotes the tire manufactu
117. stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illuminated After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver s and the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 374 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front seats and second row outer seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The seat belts for the third row seats are equipped with ETDs The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e in side impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold on the far side of the impact e in certain vehicle rollovers e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see ESS indicator lamp gt page 47 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats second row seats or rear seats third row seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an
118. strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The Safety and security only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do
119. suitable object such as a coin into the slot of lock gt Turn lock by 90 in direction of arrow gt Remove cover 2 gt Closing Install cover 2 in reverse order If the engine cannot be turned off as described gt page 133 you may use the following emergency procedure gt Take the fuse chart from the vehicle tool kit gt page 326 gt Open the fuse box in engine compartment gt Remove fuse 120 Find its location in the fuse chart Technical data Vehicle equipment 005 420 Parts servicen toes a 420 Warranty coverage 420 Identification labels 0 421 ENSin reir cec eect eee nee 423 Rims and tires 2 2 425 Electrical system cceeeee 429 Main dimensions cesses 430 Wers MESE eoe i 431 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 432 Technical data Warranty coverage Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual 20 Applicable to vehicles with gasoline engine only All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts servi
120. switch Locking and unlocking gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with you gt Press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch briefly The tailgate closes automatically Depending on production date an acoustic warning sounds Once the tailgate and all doors are closed e The vehicle locks e The turn signals flash three times to confirm locking e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens The closing process is stopped if the system cannot recognize a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO anymore In this case make sure the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the tailgate and repeat the closing procedure if necessary The tailgate remains unlocked when a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle to prevent a possible inadvertent lockout In this case the turn b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking signals will not flash and the anti theft alarm will be triggered when the tailgate is opened Opening closing the tailgate from the inside Opening A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch or with button on the SmartKey Monitor the opening procedure carefully to m
121. test 252 Telephone 38 Answering ending acall 167 Hands free microphone 43 Menuts senene erana a deaden 167 Operation seres rerr rreri apet 167 Phone Dook rie enereeeaatas 167 Redialing 5 0 0 504 168 Temperature Interior temperature 207 219 Outside 008 153 159 Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Tie down rings 234 Tightening torque Spark Plugs 2 ccc1c2 ses eeeees 429 WIGS ie 0 aiene aiaa 403 Time setting 160 TIN Tire Identification Number 295 Tire and Loading Information Placard seep coe catcieeccn teeta 275 Tire and loading terminology 293 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure GHECKING ennienni ieee avai 281 Important notes on 280 Placard on driver s door B pillar 275 Tire labeling 286 Tire load rating 295 Tire ply composition and material USEO 5 in on weeeeen ed hoe shee wes 295 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS s43444440o 0 854 henen es 283 Messages in the multifunction display vac eee ween peses 345 368 Tires 53 5 ead wid ceed ee este aes 272 425 Air pressure 2 e005 eee 279 Care and maintenance 273 CIGANING os teansa eee 274 Direction of rotation spinning 275 Important notes on tire inflation PIOSSUNG siia aeei Bale 280 Inflation pressure 280
122. the driver s front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat There is a possibility for a side impact air bag related in
123. the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting IJJ Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors gt When taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor type car wash Make sure the automatic transmission remains in neutral position N Observe instructions see Remaining in neutral position N gt page 136 When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental
124. to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances e If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure e Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that m
125. upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet MB Tex upholstery gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure for cleaning the upholstery Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion Practical hints Ve
126. varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in 274 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than g in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 1 16 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is g in 3 mm The recommended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is 1 6 in 4 mm TWI Tread Wear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to powe
127. vehicle equipment Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With SmartKey gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch With KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Release the brake pedal gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed Controls in detail gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch Shifting into reverse gear R gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and move the gear selector lever up past the resistance point to select reverse gear R Shifting into drive position D gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and
128. vehicle identification and engine number Passenger side second row seat VIN Carpet gt Fold carpet forward in direction of arrow VIN is now visible Technical data Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed GL 320 BlueTEC 164 825 642 Diesel 4 stroke engine 6 3 27 in 83 00 mm 3 62 in 92 00 mm 182 3 cu in 2987 cm 16 5 1 210 hp 3400 rpm 157 kW 3400 rpm 400 lb ft 1600 rpm 2400 rpm 543 Nm 1600 rpm 2400 rpm 4500 rpm GL 450 164 871 273 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 66 in 92 90 mm 3 39 in 86 00 mm 284 5 cu in 4663 cm TOEI 335 hp 6000 rpm 250 kW 6000 rpm 339 Ib ft 2700 rpm 5000 rpm 460 Nm 2700 rpm 5000 rpm 6500 rpm GL 550 164 886 27s 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 86 in 98 00 mm 3 56 in 90 50 mm 333 2 cu in 5461 cm ION 382 hp 6000 rpm 285 kW 6000 rpm 2 391 Ib ft 2800 rpm 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2800 rpm 4 800 rpm 6500 rpm 21 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 22 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Engi
129. vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the b gt Introduction Vehicle data recording information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Exterior VIQW ccrcccest coruen ee 28 Cockpit ere ees 30 Instrument cluster eee eee 32 Storage compartments 6 36 Multifunction steering wheel 38 Center console a 40 Overhead control panel 43 Door control panel a Exterior view OO lt a gt ae L N Cr A d a P00 00 4236 31 At a glance Exterior view This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Function Tailgate Power tailgate Vehicle tool kit Rear window defroster Rear window wiper Wiper blade replacing Wiper blade cleaning Re
130. view mirror antiglare position ee gt Press adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place ess4o2nai Driver s side exterior rear view mirror H Vehicle with power folding exterior rear Lever button view mirrors me Adjustment button Controls in detail Mirrors If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from front press fold button to fold mirrors in then press fold button again to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as this may damage the adjustment mechanism The mirror housing is then properly positioned and you can adjust the mirror in the usual manner At low ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically Auto dimming rear view mirrors The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react if the automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view m
131. will prevent the wheels from locking Safety and security When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated A Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase EBP A Observe Safety notes see page 75 The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion of the braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability A Warning If the EBP malfunctions the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Driving safety systems Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics ESP Z Observe Safety notes see page 75 The Electronic Stability Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine is running and monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spinning or if the vehicle starts to skid By applying brakes to individual wheels and by limiting the engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle T
132. windows are clear again Switches on the air conditioning The indicator lamp in button comes on With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C page 207 page 207 page 207 page 206 page 209 page 207 gt page 207 gt page 207 b gt Controls in detail Climate control Function Air volume display Decreasing air volume Rear window defroster Air recirculation Interior temperature sensor Climate control on off Recommendation Notes gt page 207 At very low temperatures rear window defroster gt page 223 operation is delayed until the vehicle interior has warmed up Only use this function for a short time e g ina tunnel gt page 208 Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Switches on the climate control system The indicator gt page 205 lamp in button goes out Notes on climate control The climate control is operational whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A Warning Severe co
133. wiping Turn rear window wiper switch 4 to position 4j Indicator 6 for the rear window wiper is cleared from the lower multifunction b gt Controls in detail Power windows display indicating that the rear window wiper is deactivated gt Wiping with washer fluid Turn and hold rear window wiper switch 1 in position 2 or 5 until the rear window is clean For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 271 Problems with wipers H If anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location and e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch engage the parking brake before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position o EA e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Power windows Opening and closing The door windows and the hinged quarter window
134. work A tankful of AdBlue should suffice until the next maintenance service under normal driving conditions When the AdBlue tank is low the message Check Additive see Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display When the AdBlue level drops to the minimum level the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display When the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine 20 more times If you do not add AdBlue the engine cannot be started beyond that point Fill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 I AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers or have the AdBlue tank filled by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center service intervals refill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 l AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers Always use the particular AdBlue refill containers for refilling outside the maintenance service interval Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance if necessary gt page 253 Additional information on BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and AdBlue is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refilling with AdBlue A Warning Make sure AdBlue does not come into contact with skin eyes or clothing to keep AdBlue out of the reach of children b gt Practical hints AdBlue diesel
135. your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 276 b gt Operation Tires and wheels Example Combined weight Number of Seating Occupants weight Combined Available cargo luggage limit of occupants occupants configuration weight of all and trailer tongue weight andcargofromTire driver and occupants total load limit from Tire and Loading passengers and Loading Information Information placard minus combined placard weight of all occupants 1 1500 Ibs 5 front 2 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 750 Ibs 1500 Ibs 750 Ibs 750 Ibs rear 3 Occupant 2 180 Ibs Occupant 3 160 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs Occupant 5 120 Ibs 2 1500 Ibs 3 front 1 Occupant 1 200 Ibs 540 Ibs 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs rear 2 Occupant 2 190 Ibs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 3 1500 Ibs 1 front 1 Occupant 1 150 lbs 150 Ibs 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 279 Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 279 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certi
136. your vehicle The following settings and submenus are available in the Settings menu e Resetting to factory settings gt page 157 e Submenus in the Settings menu gt page 158 e Instrument cluster submenu gt page 158 e Time Date submenu gt page 160 e Lighting submenu gt page 160 e Vehicle submenu gt page 163 e Comfort submenu gt page 163 Resetting to factory settings You can reset the functions of all submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Lamp Circuit Headlamp in the Lighting submenu cannot be reset while driving The following message appears in the multifunction display Settings Cannot be completely reset to factory settings while driving gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display Settings To reset press reset button N For 3 seconds SSE Controls in detail Control system gt Press the reset button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds The request to press the reset button once more to confirm appears in the multifunction display Settings Reset to Factory settings To confirm press reset button gt Press the reset button once more The functions of all the submenus will be reset to factory settings The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time After approximately 5 seco
137. 1 At very low temperatures rear window defroster gt page 223 operation is delayed until the vehicle interior has warmed up gt page 220 gt page 217 Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 219 Switches on the climate control system The indicator gt page 217 lamp in button goes out gt page 220 gt page 220 Function AC cooling on off Residual heat ventilation Display Decreasing air volume Air recirculation Air distribution driver s side directs air through center and side air vents Air distribution driver s side directs air through the footwells and side air vents Interior temperature sensor E Adopting driver s side settings for all zones Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Recommendation Notes Switches on the air conditioning The indicator lamp gt page 217 in button comes on With the engine turned off it is possible to continue gt page 223 to heat or ventilate the interior gt page 221 Only use this function for a short time e g in a tunnel gt page 222 Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air gt page 220 gt page 220 gt page 223 Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Rear automatic climate control P83 40 4112 31 Increasing air volume Temperature control Air distribution and air volume automatic mode
138. 163 Gearshift control 140 Heating nner sheinn 110 Memory function 113 OVERVIEW sa teau ee gece aaa 38 Navigation menu 155 Nets parcel 233 Night security illumination 117 162 Normal occupant weight 295 Number vehicle identification VIN iccpctecttuttteteneted eee 421 Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant distribution 295 Occupant safety 46 AIP DABS 2 5 ccac4 doe ace So bk ee bees 47 BabySmart 2 eee 57 Children and air bags 47 Children in the vehicle 68 Fastening the seat belts 61 Front passenger front air bag off indicatorlamp 53 381 382 Infant and child restraint systems 68 LATCH type child seat anchors 72 OCS 2s heed deetitdeaeed Si dds 53 PRE SAFE ooann aunan 65 Seat belts 008 49 59 OCS Occupant Classification Syste eocsr erebi krhke 0556545 53 Self test o c0cta5e he seaaeaee es 56 Odometer 4 150 Off road driving 303 Checklist 2 3 60 cue eens 304 309 Crossing obstacles 307 Driving instructions 303 Driving onsand 308 Driving through water 306 Returning 000s eee ees 309 RUSS Secure a eee eee tere 308 Steep terrain 2 65 2ceeeev ees 305 Off road driving program 185 Off road menu 155 Oil see Engine o
139. 2 for each side until the third row seats are fully folded Seat backrest Lever gt Pull and hold lever 2 in direction of arrow at resistance point gt Fold seat backrest 1 rearward until it engages gt Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on seat backrest 4 Seat cushion gt Fold seat cushion 3 rearward until it locks into position Cargo compartment cover blind The cargo compartment cover blind can be installed behind the third row seats or the second row seats H With the cargo compartment cover blind installed do not pile luggage higher than the lower edges of the rear side windows Controls in detail Blind installed behind third row seats Handle Mount gt Rolling out blind Pull blind on handle across the cargo compartment gt Guide blind into mounts 2 and release gt Rolling up blind Disengage blind and guide retraction by its handle Removing and installing blind Before removing or installing cargo compartment cover blind behind the third row seats fold the left or right third row seat forward gt page 235 Afterwards return the left or right third row seat into its original a gt D position Controls in detail Loading and storing Before installing cargo compartment cover blind behind the second row seats fold the third row seats forward gt page 235 a Mount cover behind second row seats Cover gt
140. 23 FASteniNS cecais Resse snd 61 Height adjustment 63 Proper use Of 0 60 Safety guidelines 49 Safety notes 2000 59 Telltale ee eee 35 374 Warning lamp 2 374 Seating capacity Seats eeh caeaseoraelnaye ieee eas AdjUSNE ois cces se pns eee oats Easy entry exit feature Folding expanding cargo volume Heating sereia cee wecouaea ene Memory function Multicontour seat Rear seatS 20 00 eee Ventilation 0 0 0 0 0 eee Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test BabySmart 00 ee eee OCS 24 28 40ee sab eteed ii des TEGO AIG wcceecnadetenh bao eames Service see Maintenance Service parts Service and warranty information Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator Service life tires 276 97 Settings Control system menus and SUDMENUS 56s dd eee eee ed 151 Dat x as tioie sd ade a a dus 160 Factory setting SmartKey 85 87 Individual vehicle 157 Memory function 113 MSU aioe sieves tse ye Eeee eeu 157 Selective setting SmartKey 85 87 TMG a is pave E E 160 Side impact air bags 51 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 321 Messages in the multifunction dISPIAV cca ct
141. 3 you will see the 4 symbol followed by MODE for approximately 3 seconds gt Press button faa In display 4 you will see the 4 7 symbol followed by OFF The rear climate control is switched off gt Reactivating Press button PAJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on In display 4 you will see the 4 7 symbol followed by ON and MODE The MODE display is cleared and the indicator lamp in button goes out after approximately 3 seconds The rear climate control switches on 3 zone automatic climate control Deactivating the rear climate control from the rear gt Deactivating Press button aa The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button MA The indicator lamp in the button comes on Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the cooling func
142. 30 Distronic lt p see cece eee 340 DOO S anan est see dope actaee Beck bees 353 Downhill Speed Regulation DSR 353 ERE omar AA 347 ESINE Oll semester ee dyana 361 ESPO epa aa 333 347 Fog lamps e 6 ss esis eee s 364 365 Front passenger front airbag 335 GaS Cap 66 see ie nnna 362 Gear selector lever ee ne eee eee 343 344 High beam lamps 364 HOOd sitet teen Betapace 353 License plate lamps 365 Light SCNSOM erriren oes 365 Low beam lamps 365 LOW RANGE mode 352 Parking brake serrie ersen ees 347 Parking lamps 364 PRE SAFES oo ieten aA 334 Reserve Tu l ss ence ec cee be es 362 Reverse lamp 200505 363 Side markerlamps 364 SMAMKCY neenak ss he hewlee ees 354 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 353 SRS schoo teat oe oe he eee 348 Tailgate ciccgeeniccatiagoes 353 Tail lamp Sss Sees eee ee ae a 366 Tele Aid is cci scsi aaa siete 348 Tire pressure 344 368 Tire pressure monitor 345 TVE S m a ohare eames acaea 344 368 TPM Sie iu oh eae hoe ees 345 368 Trailer brake lamps 366 Trailer taillamps 366 Trailer turn signal lamps 367 TURMSISNAIS ss occ datewaw aware s 367 Washer fluid 355 Multifunction steering wheel Adjusting 0 0 00 eee ee 108 BUtEONS lt aere nonna ca 4 ete 148 Cleaning soe cece yeas hoster ees 323 Easy entry exit feature 109
143. 4886 31 vehicle tool kit gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alignment H Wheel bolts must be used when bolt and push it on mounting the Minispare wheel The use of any wheel bolts other than wheel bolts 2 gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them for the Minispare wheel will damage the slightly vehicle s brakes gt Unscrew the alignment bolt A Warning gt Install last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly Make sure to use the original length wheel bolts when remounting the original wheel Lowering the vehicle aiieiiivsine cite pallets gt Attach ratchet to vehicle jack so that the gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel word DOWN can be seen hub Lower the vehicle until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Turn ratchet in direction DOWN gt Remove the jack P40 10 5201 31 Wheel bolts gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 110 lb ft 150 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 lb ft 150 Nm Practical hints gt Fully collapse the jack to storage position see gt page 329 gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space For information on storing the spare wheel after it has been replace
144. 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9 153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters Introduction 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www safercar gov Vehicle data recording Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve
145. 60 Cockpit ccc a5 28 ee ie eee dee 28 30 Cold tire inflation pressure 294 Collapsible wheel chock 326 COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch 117 Comfort submenu Easy entry exit feature 163 Fold in function for exterior rear view Mirrors 26 ee eee 164 Compass Calling Up wees os peed cece 260 Control system 148 Multifunction display 150 Multifunction steering wheel 148 Resetting to factory settings 157 Control system menus 151 Audio DVD s 2425 20252000400 045 153 DIStKONIC pe oea haot eaaa 156 Navigation sarar en orereewans 155 OTF Ad 6 sisca ditiagweedaee ee 155 SEINES seese risor nEri AEE 157 Standard display 152 Telephone reris ndre sene ada 167 Trip computer 165 Vehicle configuration 164 Vehicle status message memory 156 Control system submenus 151 Comfortin is cresi repe Senee 163 Instrument cluster 158 Lighting 22 c665 s0eeee5e 160 Time Date 00 e eee 160 VOHIGIG vs o n44 Sheena weaha ad 163 Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 439 Capacite Sees deese gnie 206 433 Checking level 2 02 iir censass 271 Messages in the multifunction display sisne k ospa ass 356 357 359 Corner illuminating front fog lamps 119 Cruise control 169 Last stored speed 171 Resume function
146. A Observe Safety notes see page 68 Z Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to the right and left side anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions The LATCH type anchors are blended with covers Safety and security Example second row seats Anchorage ring covers gt Remove anchorage ring covers 1 from the seat on which a child seat is to be installed Example second row seats Anchors Occupant safety gt Install a LATCH type child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions A rigid connection between the child seat and the body of the vehicle is established H Make sure the seat belt for the center seat can operate freely with a
147. C in direction of arrow 2 Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a shorter following distance to the preceding vehicle Driving with Distronic This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be prepared to brake in such situations Braking will deactivate the Distronic system A Warning Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance Driving systems This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty Distronic system sensor cover locat
148. CS USA only The front passenger side impact air bag will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened latch plate is not inserted into the buckle With an empty front passenger seat and the seat belt fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle the front passenger side impact air bag will deploy independently of the empty seat The side impact air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold The side air bags will not deployed in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the side air bags H Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Z Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Window curtain air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 49 Window curtain air bag When deployed window curtain air bags 1 are designed to
149. Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 381 A Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats BabySmart air bag deactivation system The BabySmart air bag deactivation system is standard equipment in Canada A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as u
150. DINE ecard aaae ken EEES 123 Washer system 440 Washing the vehicle 318 Wear pattern tires 296 Wheel Changing ooo ees caus sci saas 398 REMOVING ccros ete e ee cecal 401 S PAO ennei Sua Sov pidis a 398 Tightening torque 403 Wheels sizes 425 Wheels Tires and 272 Window curtain air bags 52 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 322 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 322 Washer fluid 123 440 WIPES erenn nee b Ennn 122 Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 395 Winter driving Snow chains 5 5 297 THES sn5 0ce ee hope ee soe eeaes 297 Winter driving instructions 298 Winter tires 297 425 Wood trims cleaning 324 Introduction Operator s Manual Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an Official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of su
151. ESS GO function remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch and proceed as described in With SmartKey gt page 129 gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Gasoline engine Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically gt Diesel engine Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine preglows and starts automatically If the engine is at operating temperature the time the engine needs to preglow is reduced Starting difficulties H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and repeat the starting procedure gt Ifyou are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz
152. ETS functions especially adapted to off road travel are activated For more information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 303 For information on driving safety systems during LOW RANGE mode see Driving safety systems gt page 75 Gear ranges There are two possible settings HIGH RANGE Road position for all normal driving situations LOW RANGE mode off LOW RANGE Off road position for traveling on rough terrain LOW RANGE mode on Also use the off road position when driving on road on steep gradients especially when towing a trailer LOW RANGE acts by raising the engine s gear ratio The vehicle travels at roughly third the speed compared to when in HIGH RANGE position leading to an increase in the engine s drive power A Warning Always wait until the procedure of shifting from HIGH RANGE to LOW RANGE and from LOW RANGE to HIGH RANGE has been entirely completed During this procedure do not turn off the engine or shift the automatic transmission into another gear If you do not wait until the shifting procedure has been entirely completed then it might not be correctly performed The transfer case might be in neutral thus interrupting the transfer of power between the engine and the drive axle The vehicle is then freely movable even if a gear has been selected and could unintentionally be set into motion particularly on up or downhill grades This
153. INC TUSCALOOSA COUNTY ALABAMA USA UNDER FOR DAIMLER AG STUTTGART GERMANY Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized z asa 1800 265 60 R18 8 0x18 260 38 Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a oce265 soneleon replacement It will be mailed to you THES VEHICLE CONFORMES TO ALL APPUCABLE FEDERAL wenn a etc STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE CATE OF MANUFACTURE TO 1 L Example certification label U S vehicles Paintwork code Certification label on driver s door VIN B pillar The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found in the following locations e on the certification label e embossed underneath the passenger side si 4 second row seat gt page 422 rehte t e oe e on the lower edge of the windshield imi BATSIN gt page 422 P00 01 3605 31 Example certification label Canada vehicles Paintwork code VIN 3150 10 07 Technical data Identification labels Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration Refer to certification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standard Engine number engraved on engine VIN on lower edge of windshield When ordering parts please specify
154. It may be necessary to get out of the vehicle and scout the path you intend to take e Watch out for obstacles such as rocks holes tree stumps and ruts e Before driving through water determine its depth e Do not stop vehicle while immersed in water and do not shut off the engine e In sandy soil drive at a steady speed as allowed by conditions This helps overcome the vehicle rolling resistance and reduces the likelihood of the vehicle sinking into the ground e Do not initiate jumps with the vehicle It interrupts the forward momentum of the vehicle e Always drive onto slopes with the engine running and the vehicle in gear e Do not shift automatic transmission into neutral position N A Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over Checklist before off road driving Engine oil level e Check the engine oil level gt page 269 Only with a proper oil level can the vehicle obtain a trouble free oil supply even on steep gradients H If the engine oil level warning lamp comes on while driving stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon at is safe to do so Check the engine oil level The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving
155. Off road level 3 is canceled If you continue to increase your speed the message remains in the multifunction display The new level will not be shown until the vehicle has been able to adjust to a level b gt Controls in detail Driving systems appropriate for the speed at which you are currently driving If you maintain or reduce your speed you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display while the vehicle is lowering between 40 mph 64 km h and 55 mph 88 km h for approximately 20 seconds the off road level 2 setting is canceled and the vehicle is lowered to the off road level 1 You will see for example the following message in the multifunction display Off road aes oro The vehicle is lowered to off road level 2 Once off road level 2 is reached you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display e At speeds above 60 mph 96 km h the off road level 1 setting is canceled and the vehicle is lowered to the highway level You will see for example the following message in the multifunction display While EE the vehicle is lowered automatically as follows n ill e At vehicle speeds above 55 mph 88 km h or if the vehicle speed stays e Depending on the ADS setting gt page 185 the vehicle will be lowered to the highspeed level when traveling at higher speeds At speeds below 25 mph 40 km h at the latest it will be re
156. P is switched off A Warning When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Safety and security Anti theft systems H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP switch Q until the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Off road ESP With the off road driving program switched on gt page 185 or with the transmission in LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 the ESP designed for off road use is automatically activated At speeds below 27 mph 45 km h the ESP assists in over understeering thus improving vehicle traction ESP trailer stabilization If the trailer you are towing should begin to sway the rig can only be stabilized by immediately applying the brakes hard Steering during this maneuver will not help to stabilize the rig The ESP will assist you in such situations The ESP recognizes when the trailer starts swaying and will apply the brakes to reduce the vehicle speed t
157. R repeatedly until the message Language appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Press button or B to select the language to be used for the multifunction display messages Control system Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Status Line Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Status Line Display Speed Outside Temperature l gt Press button or B to select the desired setting The selected display is then shown continuously in the status indicator lower display The other display now appears in the Standard display menu gt page 152 Controls in detail Control system Time Date submenu Access the Time Date submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time Date submenu to change the time and date display settings The following functions are available e Setting the time gt page 160 e Setting the date gt page 160 If your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navigation module see separate COMAND system operating instructions for information on how to set the time and date Setting the time This function is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navi
158. Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message Call Connected will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Response Center along with your password The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available See Anti theft alarm system gt page 81 Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems A Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to p
159. System see ADS AdBlue nnana 405 437 Capacity AdBlue tank 433 Refilling 0 eee eee 405 Additives Engine Oil 3 06 6525ccegneesces 435 GASOLINE ciec a tensieieis gana ete ce soa 437 Address change 22 ADS Adaptive Damping System 185 Air bags irc eis vices dedesessy 47 ChilGhe Nis 3 ceed tans oeedt ene 47 Emergency call upon deployment 252 Front Arive o 2c lt 3 hgc6 nede es esaa 50 Front passenger 50 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 40 41 56 381 382 Knee bag 0 esse cca sence 51 Messages in the multifunction display sesse sors veexeeeeenes 335 Safety guidelines 49 SIGG IMpPACt esse eden ges esas 51 Window curtain 52 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricant 0 05 435 Air distribution 207 220 Air filter 005 362 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires 293 Air recirculation mode 208 222 Air suspension program 185 Comfortable driving style 185 Messages in the multifunction display csnciceaemeee setae et 349 Sporty driving style 185 Suspension tuning 185 Vehicle level control 186 Air volume 207 221 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit Sire gon Pp eae each aoe ees 326 401 All wheel driv
160. The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Operation Tires and wheels gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 279 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for
161. The active Bi Xenon headlamps monitor the vehicle s steering angle and speed then automatically shift their beams to either side to better follow the curvature of the road ahead increasing usable illumination over conventional headlamps Exterior lamp switch 1 Standing lamps left 2 Standing lamps right 3 HO Off Daytime running lamp mode 4 BG Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode 5 Parking lamps also tail lamps license plate lamps side marker lamps and instrument panel lamps Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps EJ Front fog lamps Rear fog lamp oa N The exterior lamps go out automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the Controls in detail starter switch or open the driver s door with the ignition switched off When the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp are switched on and you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door an acoustic signal sounds In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp manually H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to po
162. The system calculates the route and subsequently starts the route guidance to the defined address i If you select No you can save the address to your address book The Destination Download feature is available if the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available b gt Controls in detail Useful features gt Contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center and pull the tailgate recessed handle gt page 90 for a minimum of 20 seconds Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the tailgate recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tailgate until the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display recessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The
163. Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires gt Reduce vehicle speed gt Avoid track grooves in the road gt Brakes cautiously in the rain Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Select the raised level gt page 186 before driving through standing water For more information see Driving through water gt page 306 Off road driving A Warning Do not load items on the crossbars It may cause instability during some maneuvers which could result in an accident Drive slowly in unknown terrain This will make it easier to recognize unexpected obstacles and avoid damage to the vehicle To help avoid the vehicle r
164. aced if necessary Notes Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running Practical hints Possible cause consequence The ABS has detected a malfunction and switched off The BAS ESP EBP and Electronic Traction System 4 ETS are also switched off see messages in multifunction display The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply The battery might not be charged sufficiently What to do if Suggested solutions gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 330 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is operational again and the ABS indicator lamp should go out gt f the ABS indicator lamp does not go out Have the alternator and the battery checked b gt Practical hints What to do if
165. ack on Exceptions gt page 79 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Read and Observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Problem The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Driving systems Problem The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound Possible cause consequence The ESP or Electronic Traction System 4 ETS has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire The cruise control and the Distronic system are deactivated Possible cause consequence You are too close to the vehicle in front of you to maintain selected speed You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or the distance warning system has recognized a stationary obstacle on your probable line of travel Practical hints What to do if Suggested solutions gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driv
166. after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 110 lb ft 150 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 275 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change
167. age selecting 159 LATCH type child seat anchors see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps 388 Messages in the multifunction display oneski enerne 365 Replacing bulbs 388 Light alloy wheels cleaning 322 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting 205 114 Daytime running lamp mode 116 EXEO o eenei e epa den epee 115 MES TOM aride daa 120 Limp home mode 141 Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 161 Lock button Door handle KEYLESS GO 87 Locking the vehicle 84 85 Manually 2 ss 50005c0e sees 384 Loss of KEY ee eecedssdcneeeaew eae 88 Service and Warranty Information DOOKIE sies bdecosee ses este aes 421 Low beam headlamps 115 Exterior lamp switch 115 Replacing bulbs 388 Switching on 06 115 LOW RANGE mode 142 Messages in the multifunction CISPIAV oeedeaedadctmumemaed 352 SWILCHING yrsa se rerema dinis 143 Lubricants o eocece reci shoud 432 Lumbar support 103 Maintenance 22 Maintenance System 315 Calling up service indicator 317 Clearing service indicator MESSZE aenaran ahs che 2 8 8 316 Resetting service indicator 317 Service indicator 316 Service indicator message 316 Service term exceeded 316 Manual headlamp m
168. aint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body b Seat belt outlet Latch plate Buckle Seat belt release button gt With a smooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt outlet gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate 2 into buckle 3 until it clicks gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the correct height gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Seat belt outlet height adjustment Seat belt height adjuster Release button gt Raising Slide seat belt height adjuster upward Seat belt height adjuster 4 engages in different positions Safety and security Occupant safety gt Lowering Press and hold release button gt Slide seat belt height adjuster 1 downward gt Release button 2 and make sure seat belt height adjuster 4 engages into place Releasing the seat belts gt Press seat belt release button 4 gt page 63 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate gt page 63 H Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its eff
169. ake sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the opening procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch or press button on the SmartKey In vehicles with power tailgate you can unlock and open the tailgate simultaneously from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary Remote tailgate opening closing switch gt Pull remote tailgate switch C until tailgate begins to open While the tailgate is opening an acoustic warning sounds Closing A Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the tailgate with the door mounted remote tailgate switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote tailgate switch or press button on the SmartKey In vehicles with power tailgate you can close the tailgate from the inside using the remote tailgate switch If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens gt Switch on the ignition gt Press remote tailgate switch C until the tailgate begins to close The tailgate closes While the tailgate is closing an acoustic warning sounds To interrupt the closing procedure gt Press or pull remote tailgate switch 4 Limiting
170. amage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and th
171. amp cover gt Loosen screws 1 of lamp cover to be removed gt Remove lamp cover 2 gt Replace the bulb gt Reinstall lamp cover 2 gt Retighten screws 1 Adjusting headlamp aim V P82 104941 31 V Vertical centerline H Horizontal mounting height measured from the center Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important High beam adjustments simultaneously aim the low beam To check and readjust a headlamp follow the steps described gt Park the vehicle on a level surface 25 feet 7 6 m from a vertical test screen or wall gt Make sure the vehicle has a normal tailgate load gt Switch on the low beam headlamps EJ If the beam does not show a beam pattern as indicated in the figure left then follow the steps below gt Open the hood gt page 267 P82 10 4961 31 Example illustration headlamp driver side Headlamp vertical adjustment screw Headlamp vertical adjustment screw gt Always turn adjustment screws 3 and 4 simultaneously for vertical adjustment until the headlamp is adjusted as shown in 4 Turn clockwise for upward movement and counterclockwise for downward movement Graduations e Screw G 0 50 pitch e Screw 4 0 67 pitch The left and right headlamps must be adjusted individually If it is not possible to obtain a proper headlamp adjustment have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Re
172. an overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire load rating is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corresponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 291 where the maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and Ibs For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 289 Tire speed rating A Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Tire speed rating 6 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h i up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h WwW up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZREN up to 186 mph 300 km
173. an program the default speed between 4 10 mph Canada 6 18 km h The set value is increased in 1 mph Canada 2 km h increments Controls in detail gt Press button or repeatedly until the Vehicle configuration menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button Pay or R repeatedly until the message DSR Speed appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Speed N M PEE gt Press button or E repeatedly until the desired speed is shown in the multifunction display When DSR is switched on DSR will use the programmed default speed to regulate the vehicle s speed Once DSR is switched on you can adjust the set speed using the cruise control lever gt page 183 Control system Use the Trip computer menu to call up statistical data on your vehicle The following information is available e Fuel consumption statistics since start gt page 165 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 166 e Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt page 166 e Distance to empty gt page 166 When you enter the Trip computer menu you will always see the fuel consumption statistics since start first Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button or repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system From Start 75n 1 30 H 50 mPH 4 EE
174. an you and others to be unaware of certain contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center area which is a safe distance from the road risks which may result in an accident and immediately to have the problem diagnosed Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires or personal injury and corrected if required If the matter is not wheels for possible damage If the vehicle handled to your satisfaction please discuss appears unsafe have it towed to the the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at or other qualified maintenance or repair one of the following addresses facility for further inspection or repairs In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC Proper use of the vehicle One Mercedes Drive Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are Montvale NJ 07645 0350 familiar with the following information and In Canada rules Customer Relations Department the safety precautions in this manual Mercedes Benz Canada Inc e the Technical data section in this manual 98 Vanderhoof Avenue e traffic rules and regulations Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 e motor vehicle laws and safety standards A Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part
175. anel If you press button to reactivate the climate control system the defrosting mode is activated Deactivating the rear climate control from the front gt Deactivating Press button Gz The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button Ej The indicator lamp in the button goes out Controls in detail Climate control Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensation may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button Rai The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button again The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free
176. approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed al Reset button gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press reset button 4 on the instrument cluster The standard display appears in the multifunction display Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles Km Service A Exceeded By XXX Days Service A Exceeded By X Day In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 151 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is due gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display gt page 152 appears in the multifunction display gt Press button R or PA on the multifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol and the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display Ifthe battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the Operation
177. ar lamps Fuel filler flap Fuel requirements Doors Locking and unlocking Opening Page 90 91 326 223 123 395 322 388 265 436 84 88 Function Locking and unlocking manually Exterior rear view mirrors Power folding Towing eyes Front lamps Hood Engine oil Coolant Wipers Wiper blades replacing Wiper blades cleaning Windshield Page 384 111 12 413 388 267 269 AIl 122 395 322 322 Function Cleaning with wiper fluid Cleaning Power tilt sliding sunroof Roof rails Carriers Crossbars Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure Spare wheel Flat tire Headlamp cleaning system Front fog lamp Page 122 S22 224 229 229 ZUA 425 281 329 397 119 388 Cockpit Coo ie Fe Function Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Horn Steering wheel gearshift control Gear selector lever Front Parktronic warning indicators Overhead control panel Page 170 172 32 147 38 148 140 135 105 43 0000 At a glance Function Glove box lid release glove box lock Glove box Power outlet Center console Starter switch Steering wheel adjustment manual On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release Parking brake release Page 242 242 249 40 95 108 268 133 Function Park
178. ar selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine revolution This allows the catalytic converter gasoline engine or the oxidation catalyst diesel engine to reach its operating temperature earlier b gt Controls in detail Driving and parking For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 299 For information on off road driving see Off road driving gt page 303 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e Gasoline engine An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Gasoline engine Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off gt Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 271 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the en
179. arking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light Canada only High beam headlamps are only available with the exterior lamp switch in position EJ Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 161 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ o Mo When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running you cannot switch off the low beam headlamps manually Canada only With the exterior lamp switch in position EJ or GB you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is
180. as soon as possible gt page 388 gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 388 gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 388 gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 390 gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution XW License Plate Lamp The left or right license plate lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left malfunctioning gt page 388 or License Plate Lamp Right w AUTO Light The light sensor is malfunctioning The gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Inoperative headlamps come on automatically as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt In the control system set daytime running lamp mode to manual gt page 161 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 115 w Low Beam Left The left or right low beam lamp is gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon or malfunctioning as possible gt page 388 Low Beam Right gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible XW Foglamp Rear Left The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 388 b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in th
181. ase set speed Reduce set speed You can change the set speed between 3 10 mph Canada 4 18 km h You can increase or reduce the set speed in two ways Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift or depress the cruise control lever to the resistance point Increase set speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the cruise control lever The vehicle speed increases in increments of 1 mph Canada 1 km h Reduce set speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the cruise control lever The vehicle speed decreases in increments of 1 mph Canada 1 km h Each time the set speed is changed DSR will appear in the multifunction display and the changed set speed is shown The set speed is canceled when the DSR is switched off If the DSR is switched on again the DSR will use the programmed default speed gt page 165 Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or depress the cruise control lever past the resistance point Increase set speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the
182. ases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while traveling on expressways and other major roadways e If the Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the Distronic will function in the same way as standard cruise control gt page 169 A Warning The Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation to ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver 172 Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings A Warning The Distronic adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the lane curvature or the movement of preceding vehicles The Distronic can only apply 20 of the maximum braking power of the vehicle It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traff
183. ations of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or removing any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the DD Safety and security Occupant safety steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions ar
184. ature You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control and or gt page 202 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Controls in detail Adjusting air distribution The air distribution can be adjusted manually The symbols on the buttons represent the following functions Symbol Function ws Directs air to the windshield and side air vents Directs air through the center and side air vents Directs air to the footwells and side air vents gt Press the desired air distribution button The indicator lamp in button MA goes out The automatic mode is switched off Air distribution is controlled according to the desired button Climate control Adjusting air volume gt Decrease increase Press button or EJ The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in air volume display ii gt page 202 Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button EEJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatica
185. ause personal injury Operation A Warning Do not fill diesel tanks with gasoline Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline Otherwise the fuel system and engine could be damaged In addition the vehicle could catch fire H Never use diesel fuel in vehicles with gasoline engine Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small amounts of incorrect fuel will damage the fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel or vice versa is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect or non approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be drained completely Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H Gasoline engine To prevent damage to the catalytic converters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle At the gas station Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire H Diesel engine When filling the diesel fuel tank using fuel containers place a filling filter a suede cloth or a clean flannel cloth as a filter Otherwise particles fr
186. ause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving A Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the DD Introduction Problems with your vehicle operating safety of your vehicle If you feel to make you and others aware of various Problems with your vehicle a sudden significant vibration or ride risks You should not remove any of these disturbance or you suspect that damage to warning labels unless explicitly instructed If you should experience a problem with your your vehicle has occurred you should turn to do so by information on the label itself vehicle particularly one that you believe may on your hazard warning flashers carefully Removal of any of these labels may cause affect its safe operation we urge you to slow down and drive with caution to
187. ay cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Compass gt Calling up the compass Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the off road menu appears in the multifunction display The compass displays the direction into which the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW RIRMATIC Compass G o NE Floormats A Warning Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement To install or remove the floormat more easily move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible Retainer pin Eyelet gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets 2 onto retainer pins Controls in detail Useful features gt Press the seat cover down until it engages gt Make sure the seat cover is engaged properly by folding the seat all the way in and out If something falls under the third
188. bly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week Operation Tires and wheels Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure b gt Operation Tires and wheels gt f you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation
189. brupt steering maneuvers Restarting the Run Flat Indicator The Run Flat Indicator must be restarted in the following situations e after you have changed the tire inflation pressure e after you have replaced the wheels or tires e after you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct A Warning The Run Flat Indicator can only warn you in areliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure according to the incorrect value Operation gt Switch on the ignition gt Make sure the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 152 gt Press button R or PAM on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Active Menu R Button gt Press the reset button gt page 147 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart Run Flat Indicator gt If you wish to confirm Press button EJ The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted After a certain learning phase the Run Flat Indicat
190. button gt Raising Manually adjust the height of head restraint 1 by pulling it upward to the desired position gt Lowering Push release button 2 and press down on head restraint Q The third row seat head restraints are adjusted in the same manner Head restraint fore and aft adjustment The angle of the head restraint for the outer second row seats or the third row seats can be adjusted manually gt While seated reach behind you with both hands and find lower edge of the head restraint gt Adjust the head restraint to the desired position by pushing or pulling on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion Head restraints removing and installing A Warning Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear Controls in detail Seats seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Controls in
191. c because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded The brake pedal depresses automatically when the cruise control engages the brakes Keep the driver s footwell clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the cruise control system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Controls in detail Driving systems Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Canceling the cruise control Activating the cruise control or resuming to last set speed Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at a vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h You cannot activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e the ESP is switched off or
192. ce More than 300000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Truck Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Identification labels Peet een ala Identification labels MFD BY MERCEDES BENZ U S INTL
193. ce intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information After battery power was interrupted do the following e Set the clock gt page 160 Vehicles with COMAND system with navigation module Time and date are set automatically e Synchronize the door windows gt page 126 Practical hints Battery e Synchronize the power tilt sliding sunroof gt page 226 e Synchronize the exterior rear view mirrors gt page 112 Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have batteries charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the b gt Practical hints Jump starting batteries yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V gt Charge battery in accor
194. ceding vehicle 3 If the Distronic calculates that there is a danger of collision the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an intermittent warning sounds The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system gt Immediately apply the brakes to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking The intermittent warning sound ceases and the distance warning lamp goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle ahead is established again A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that the Distronic will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase your distance to the preceding vehicle The warning sound is intended as a final caution in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking This will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the r
195. ch parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own Safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating any equipment any authorized Mercedes
196. ch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or Off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Settings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to set the automatic locking Controls in detail Setting automatic central locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the automatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button Pay or R repeatedly until the message Automatic Door Locking appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting c gt Press button or E to switch the automatic central locking On or Off Comfort submenu Access the Comfort submenu via the Settings menu Use the Comfort submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature Control system gt page 163 or to set the fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors gt page 164 Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 109 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk e Press one of the memory position buttons
197. child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event
198. ck the seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers after installing top tether straps or the extended cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that seat backrests are secured properly by Safety and security pushing and pulling on the seat backrests Ifa seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at the second row seat backrest For installing an infant and child restraint system at the third row seats use the cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment gt page 234 Top tether straps enable an additional connection to be made between child restraint systems secured with LATCH type anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury Occupant safety A Observe Safety notes see page 68 Anchorage ring covers gt Press in lower part of anchorage ring cover 1 on the seat backrest on which a child seat is to be installed gt Pull on upper part of anchorage ring cover 1 to remove cover gt Store anchorage ring cover 4 ina convenient place e g glove box Safety and security Occupant safety Anchorage rings Hook gt Move the respective head restraint to its uppermost position
199. cle gt Press mark on cover 1 as indicated bythe gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the arrow arrow Depending on whether you are towing a vehicle or you are being towed the towingeye gt Lift cover Q off to reveal the threaded hole Lift cover Q off to reveal the threaded hole bolt can be screwed into threaded holes for the towing eye bolt for the towing eye bolt which are located behind covers on each bumper Removing cover in rear bumper Fixing towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the i i i Warning e vehicle tool kit located in the cargo A 8 compartment underneath the cargo In order to avoid possible serious burns or compartment floor gt page 326 injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust gt Take the towing eye bolt out of the space Metis pipe is extremely hot underneath the cargo compartment floor Removing cover in front bumper E P88 20 3103 31 Example illustration front bumper Towing eye bolt gt Take the towing eye bolt 4 and the wheel wrench from the vehicle tool kit Pe8 20310231 gt Screw towing eye bolt 4 clockwise into Cover threaded hole to its stop FOC20 S 101 gt Insert wheel wrench into towing eye and Cover tighten towing eye bolt 1 by turning it clockwise Practical hints Towing the vehicle Removing towing eye bolt Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels automatic transmission
200. cle s ABS will not prevent this type of control loss Do not engage the transfer case in position LOW when driving on ice or packed snow At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h vehicle steering is adversely affected by the Off road ABS The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmission to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 297 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency Operation should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove carriers when not in us
201. cle is temporarily raised because the springs are relieved of load Be especially careful during this process as you could otherwise injure yourself and or others Make sure that any persons remaining in the vehicle do not press the switches for vehicle level control or the ADS gt Disconnect all electrical plug connectors gt Decouple the trailer gt Make sure that the trailer coupling is free of load gt Turn off the engine gt page 133 Operation Driving instructions Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitter Safety notes A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data system radio or telephone if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second 14 Observe all legal requirements 15 Observe all legal requirements Telephones and two way radios A Warning Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna such as a portable telephon
202. cle interior has warmed up Only use this function for a short time e g ina tunnel gt page 222 Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Switches on the climate control system The indicator gt page 217 lamp in button goes out Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control P83 40 3806 31 Canada only Function Recommendation Notes Temperature control driver s side Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 219 Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Switches on the automatic mode The indicator lamp gt page 218 in button A comes on Air distribution driver s side directs air through the gt page 220 windshield and side air vents b gt Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Cie eo Function Front defroster Increasing air volume Rear window defroster Air distribution passenger side directs air through the windshield and side air vents Operating the rear climate control from the front Temperature control passenger side Automatic climate control on off Air distribution passenger side directs air through the footwells and side air vents Air distribution passenger side directs air through center and side air vents Recommendation Notes Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or gt page 221 the side windows are clear again gt page 22
203. ct sunlight ammonia gas vapors may escape when opening the AdBlue tank A Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes Low ambient temperatures AdBlue freezes at a temperature of approximately 12 F 11 C Your vehicle is factory equipped with an AdBlue preheating system The vehicle can thus be operated at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Special additives H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Purity The purity of AdBlue is of particular importance for avoiding malfunctions in the exhaust gas aftertreatment If AdBlue is pumped out of the tank e g during repair work the same liquid must not be used to refill the tank as its purity is no longer guaranteed H Impurities caused for example by other service products cleaning agents and dust result in increased emissions malfu
204. ctivated e critical dynamic driving situations e g when the vehicle is understeering or oversteering because it has exceeded its physical limitations When you are driving faster than 22 mph 35 km h PRE SAFE takes the following measures in such situations e The front seat belts are pre tensioned automatically e Vehicles with front passenger seat memory function If the passenger seat is in an unfavorable position it will be adjusted to a better position e If the vehicle is in a severe skid or is spinning the door windows close until only a small gap remains e Vehicles with power tilt sliding sunroof If the vehicle is in a severe skid or is spinning the tilt sliding sunroof also close until only a small gap remains Occupant safety If the closing procedure of the door windows or tilt sliding sunroof is blocked the door windows or tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly Once the hazardous situation is over without an accident occurring the seat belt pre tensioning is deactivated You can readjust all of the settings made by PRE SAFE If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is diminished The locking mechanism releases H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Safety and security Occupant safety Active hea
205. ctive head restraint for the second front seat For information on active head restraints see Active head restraints gt page 66 Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries When inserting the batteries make sure they gt Insert mechanical key 4 into opening gt Slide mechanical key 1 back into the are clean and free of ints gt Press mechanical key Q in direction of SmartKey When replacing batteries always replace arrow gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as bothibatterigs Battery compartment 2 is unlatched well as
206. currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display 1011 FM N gt Example illustration Wave band setting and stored memory position Station frequency gt Select next or previous stored station Press B or PAW briefly to select a stored station gt Select next or previous station in the station list Press and hold BA or BAY to select a station gt Select next or previous station in wave band Only if no station list is available Press and hold B or AJ to select a station You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Operating audio devices audio media gt Turn on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the Audio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display 1 2p _ illustration Disc number Current track gt Selecting previous or next track Press button R or EA briefly gt Selecting a track from the track list quick search Press and hold button BA o E The current track does not appear during Audio AUX mode operation Operating video DVD gt Turn on the COMAND system and select DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the Au
207. d by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always firmly set the parking brake and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for example a rubber mat Practical hints Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the
208. d jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear ABS A Observe Safety notes see page 75 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The KOJ indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the
209. d air volume automatic mode Front defroster Increasing air volume Air distribution directs air through the windshield and side air vents AC cooling on off Residual heat ventilation Temperature control passenger side Operating the rear climate control from the front Air distribution directs air through center and side air vents Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Recommendation Notes Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Switches on the automatic mode The indicator lamp in button WA comes on Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Switches on the air conditioning The indicator lamp in button comes on With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C page 219 page 218 page 221 page 221 page 220 page 217 page 223 page 219 page 217 page 220 b gt Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Function Air distribution directs air through the footwells and side air vents Air volume display Decreasing air volume Rear window defroster Air recirculation Interior temperature sensor Climate control on off Recommendation Notes gt page 220 gt page 221 At very low temperatures rear window defroster gt page 223 operation is delayed until the vehi
210. d and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 330 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem A Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H if you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Safety systems Problem The red seat belt telltale comes on for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine Ea You hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine fa The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or during driving Possible cause consequence The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt You and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the
211. d as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon Possible causes as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in e a malfunction in the electronic system damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e broken poly V belt gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Display messages Battery Alternator Stop Vehicle Ez Check engine oil level at next refueling If the message Check engine oi level at next refueling appears while the engine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level The message will be stored in the vehicle status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence Possible solution The battery is defective gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not continue to drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The engine oil level is too low gt Check the engine oil leve
212. d by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to the COMAND system If you must use this phone we recommend that you use it only Controls in detail with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Destination Download to the COMAND system The components and operating principles of the COMAND system can be found in the separate COMAND operating instructions Destination Download allows you access to a database of over 10 million points of interest POls that can be downloaded to your vehicle s navigation system If you know the destination the address can be downloaded or can be provided with points of interests near your location The Response Center can transmit destination data to the COMAND system during the connection with the Roadside Assistance or Customer Assistance Center The transmitted data can contain address details for a Mercedes Benz Center or POIs Useful features Route guidance You will be prompted to confirm that route guidance to the entered address is to be started gt Select Yes using button IEJ or EJ on the COMAND system gt Press button on the COMAND system to confirm
213. d by a regular road wheel see gt page 329 The damaged road wheel cannot be stored in the spare wheel well under the cargo compartment floor It should be transported in the cargo compartment wrapped in a protective wrap Vehicles with TPMS Do not restart the tire inflation pressure monitor until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle Flat tire MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator gt page 282 or the TPMS gt page 283 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 30 miles 50 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving distance in emergency mode begins is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Z Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such situations as e driving around curves e while braking e while accelerating rapidly be Practical hints Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only Therefore your driving style must be MOExtended are
214. d legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 176 If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow G gt page 176 The cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial will go out and the following message appears briefly in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Off The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The Distronic switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial will go out The Distronic also switches off automatically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving The cruise control speed segments in the speedometer dial goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional message
215. d restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Seats Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly H Do not attempt to remove front seat head restraints They can only be removed by qualified technicians We recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Head restraint Release button Controls in detail Seats gt Raising Adjust the height of head restraint manually by pulling it upward If head restraint 4 is fully retracted push release button 2 in direction of arrow and pull head restraint upward gt Lowering Push release button 2 in direction of arrow and press down on head restraint 4 Head restraint fore and aft adjustment A Warning Vehicles with Rear Seat Entertainment System When adjusting the head restraint make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the monitor Failing to do so may lead to injury gt While seated reach behind you with b
216. d restraints The active head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger increased protection from whiplash type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the active head restraints on the driver s and front passenger s seat are designed to move forward in the direction of travel providing the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The active head restraints move forward whether the seat is occupied or not A Warning Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the active head restraints may not be able to function properly or offer the intended degree of protection they were designed for in the event of a rear end collision If the active head restraints have been triggered in an accident the active head restraints must be reset Otherwise the active head restraints cannot offer any additional protection in the event of another rear end collision For information on resetting the activated active head restraints see Resetting activated head restraints gt page 385 You cannot remove the active head restraint on the driver s and front passenger s seats A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the active head restraints and or the deployment of
217. dance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer 18 Vehicles with gasoline engine only Jump starting A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by
218. datedenswadeeeses 364 Replacing bulbs 388 Sidewall tires 295 Side windows see Power windows SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey Snow chains 297 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel 329 425 MOUNTING dca cteuatdeeded sade 398 Speedometer 33 174 Speed settings DISTONIC cs o 04 bees bo es 176 Resume function 178 Sport Utility Vehicle see SUV SRS e csh c0m iad e eed ake ee ces nels 47 Indicator lamp 35 375 Messages in the multifunction display ennei ennnen aaneen 348 Standing water driving through 302 Starter switch positions 95 96 Starting difficulties engine 130 Starting the engine 128 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjusting Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 140 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 256 Storage compartments 36 242 Storing tires 0 274 Stranded vehicle 414 Submenus see Control system submenus Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade Rear panorama roof Sun visors 000005 Suspension tuning see Air suspension program SUV Sport Utility Vehicle Tachometer 35 148 Overspeed range 148 Tailgate CIOSING 3 ou ws Se aeeleh
219. dditionally the tailgate will Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the tailgate unlocks and begins to open While the tailgate is opening an acoustic warning sounds or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Pull on the handle gt page 90 The tailgate is unlocked and opens Depending on production date an acoustic warning sounds while the tailgate opens Closing the tailgate from the outside Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press button on the SmartKey e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch In vehicles with power tailgate you can close the tailgate separately from the outside using the tailgate closing switch or button on the SmartKey Do not leave the SmartKey in the vehicle You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the tailgate will lock automatically after closing it The turn signal lamps flash three times to c
220. der controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire ply material Plies in sidewall Plies under tread Tires and wheels Forillustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bar Operation Tires and wheels Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section
221. detail Seats gt Second row seat Fold the seat backrest Fue multiconto rseathas a movable seat forward gt page 104 cushion and inflatable air cushions built into gt Third row seat Fold the seat backrest the seat backrest to provide additional forward gt page 235 lumbar and side support gt Insert head restraint 1 into openings on the seat backrest gt Push head restraint down until it audibly engages gt Push release button 2 and adjust head restraint Q to the desired position Second row seat head restraint Head restraint Release button gt page 104 gt Second row seat Fold the seat backrest rearward until it engages T a gt Third row seat Fold the seat backrest Seat cushion depth rearward gt page 235 Seat backrest side bolster Seat backrest center Seat backrest bottom Removing gt Second row seat Fold the seat backrest forward gt page 104 gt Third row seat Fold the seat backrest forward gt page 235 gt Pull head restraint to its uppermost position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press release button 2 and pull out head gt Seat cushion depth Adjust the seat restraint 4 cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch 4 gt Second row seat Fold the seat backrest g g rearward until it engages gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the gt Third row seat Fold theseat backrest contour of the sea
222. dged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Incase of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuses If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A fuse chart is located in the cargo compartment with the vehicle tool kit gt page 326 The fuse chart explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages Before replacing fuses gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Practical hints Fuses gt Using your hands pull cover 4 out and remove H Do not use sharp objec
223. dio DVD menu appears in the multifunction display E7 Disc number Current scene gt Press button R or PAY to select a scene Controls in detail The Navigation menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until the Navigation menu appears in the multifunction display The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navigation system e With the COMAND system switched off the message NAV off appears in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions appear in the multifunction display Please refer to the COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Control system The Off road menu displays the messages for air suspension differential locks and the direction into which you are currently driving gt Press button or repeatedly until one of the following messages appears in the multifunction display Vehicles with air suspension RIRMATIC Compass G o NE Vehicles with air suspension and differential locks eM For information on air suspension see
224. dler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Power seat Head restraint height vehicles with memory function Seat cushion tilt Seat height Seat backrest tilt Seat fore and aft adjustment H When the second row seats are folded forward e g for cargo volume expansion the front seats may not be moved to the rearmost position Otherwise you could damage the front and second row seats H When adjusting the seat backrest tilt and head restraint height make sure the sun visor is
225. drive passenger cars are not intended This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets highways and off road use This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars As with other vehicles of this type if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury Before you start to drive this vehicle read the Operator s Manual Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls Learn Introduction how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control When driving off road or working the vehicle hard do not overload it And always wear your seat belts at all times In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Operating safety Operating safety A Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could c
226. dth For based on three performance factors example treadwear traction and temperature Treadwear Traction Temperature resistance Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made forsalein 200 AA A North America have these grades branded on the sidewall i All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 3 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits Treadwear Traction Temperature resistance service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may hav
227. dult or someone passenger seat do not have any passenger If the indicator lamp larger than a small individual on the front use the front passenger seat until the illuminates and remains illuminated with system has been repaired Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions USA only The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat The indicator lamp does not gt Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the seat illuminate and or does not are present remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight gt Ifthe indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 330 A Warning If the indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child
228. e The 4 ETS recognizes the situation and limits the torque for the front wheels by braking them Simultaneously the torque for the rear wheels is increased Vehicles with enhanced off road package are equipped with automatic locks for the center and rear axle differential to improve vehicle traction Driving across a hilltop Decelerate just ahead of a hilltop do not shift automatic transmission into neutral position N to prevent the vehicle from speeding up too much after climbing a hill Use the momentum of the vehicle to drive across the hilltop After climbing a hill driving in this manner prevents the vehicle from e losing ground contact when cresting hills e losing its forward momentum e speeding up too much after climbing the hill Driving downhill e Drive slowly e Donot drive at an angle to the incline Steer into the line of gravity and drive with the front wheels pointing straight downhill Otherwise the vehicle may slide sideways off the path and roll over e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 139 e On steep inclines use the Downhill Speed Regulation gt page 182 e Utilize the engine s braking power to reduce vehicle speed If this is insufficient apply the brakes gently Make sure the vehicle is moving in the line of gravity e Check the brakes after a lengthy downgrade drive The special Off road ABS gt page 77 setting allows for precise and br
229. e e Remove the crossbars when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Driving instructions Drinking and driving A Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no Operation Driving instructions longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance Z Warning There is no power ass
230. e 4MATIC 193 Alternator 0 4 429 Messages in the multifunction display sectes kepeit 2045 50 360 Anticorrosion antifreeze 439 Antiglare Interior rear view mirror 111 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 80 Anti theft alarm system 81 Immobilizer 2 2 2 0 00008 80 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Ashtrays earestiente 247 Aspect ratio tires 294 Audio DVD menu 153 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 112 Automatic central locking 89 163 Automatic headlamp mode Automatic interior lighting control Automatic locking when driving Automatic transmission Emergency operation limp home MOJEJ cameo elke beet teeta Gear range indicator Gear rangeS 000000 Gear selector lever Gearshifting malfunctions Hill start assist system Kickdown 000 eee eee One touch gearshifting Shifting procedure Steering wheel gearshift control Towing atrailer Transmission position indicator Transmission positions AUX socket 2 Axle oils 2005 Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction BabySmart Air bag deactivation system Self test 0 0 0 nanana aaea Backrest see Seats display coear aE rE eeaceaedtied 363 Replacing bulbs 388
231. e PRE SAFE system itself has failed All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available If ESP and PRE SAFE malfunction messages are displayed simultaneously the PRE SAFE system has been deactivated as a result of these malfunctions All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available Possible solution The display will clear after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Front Passenger USA only gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as Airbag Enabled The front passenger front air bag is possible See Operator S activated while driving even though a gt Engage the parking brake Manual child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front gt Swie o iine gnien passenger seat or the front passenger gt Open the front passenger door seat is empty Objects on the seat or gt Remove child and child restraint from front forces acting on the seat may make the passenger seat and properly secure the child system sense supplemental weight in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary gt Remove any othe
232. e available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS and refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 49 Driver front air bag Front passenger front air bag Knee bag The front air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and front passenger front air bags and driver s side knee bag are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the side impact air bags and or the window curtain air bags The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation that are based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit Vehicles with OCS USA only On the fro
233. e battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after some time of operation depending on the outside temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button JEJ on the respective climate control panel The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Switching off Press button JEJ again H If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing too many electrical consumers are operating simultaneously and there is insufficient voltage in the battery The system responds automatically by switching the rear window defroster off gt gt Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster switches back on automatically Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding sunroof is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode the tilt sliding sunroof encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the tilt sliding sunroof and open it slightly The tilt sliding sunroof operates differently when the sunroof switch is pressed and held See the Closing when
234. e below 60 mph 96 km h e Off road level 2 selectable below 40 mph 64 km h e Off road level 3 selectable below 12 mph 20 km h Off road levels A Warning Vehicle off road level 3 is not intended for use on paved roads This vehicle level is intended for clearing impracticable situations at low speed exclusively The vehicle has a very high center of gravity in off road level 3 This increases the overturning hazard e Select off road level 3 exclusively for clearing impracticable situations at low speed e Adapt your driving style to the modified conditions e Do not exceed a speed of 12 mph 20 km h e Avoid extreme quick steering movements e Keep in mind the vehicle s driving characteristics are modified You should therefore drive in off road level 3 with particular caution as it could otherwise lead to an accident and or serious injury to you or others If you are driving too fast while using off road level 3 you will see the following message in the multifunction display Reduce speed to under 12 MPH 20 km h In addition an acoustic signal sounds This message cannot be deactivated For more information see Display messages gt page 351 Only use off road levels when necessary Otherwise the fuel consumption may increase and or the handling characteristics of the vehicle may be unfavorable gt Start the engine gt Turn outer adjustment ring Q repeatedly unt
235. e door windows e opening the hinged quarter windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e switching on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The Summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote control of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position The vehicle unlocks gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure Convenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultaneously close e the door windows e the hinged quarter windows e the tilt sliding sunroof A Warning When closing the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as follows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button EEB To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the Controls in detail Power windows closing procedure press and hold button EE Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button on the outside door handle to stop the closing procedure e Immediately pull on the same outside door handle and hold f
236. e in a position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under seat 3 or near any moving parts while seat 3 is being adjusted Safety and security Occupant safety gt Position steering wheel Q properly See gt page 108 for manual adjustment and gt page 109 for electrical adjustment Observe Safety notes see page 108 Make sure e You can reach steering wheel 1 with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e You can move your legs freely e All displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible gt Fasten and position your seat belt 2 gt page 61 correctly A Observe Safety notes see page 59 Make sure e Seat belt 2 is always fitted snugly e Adjust seat belt 2 so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of seat belt 2 as low as possible on your hips Safety and security Occupant safety Children in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the
237. e indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked as b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages A Warning Possible cause consequence Possible solution soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Driving systems Display messages Cruise Control Inopera Cruise Control M USA only tive PH a Canada only DISTRONIC 2 kmh Canada only Possible cause consequence The cruise control is malfunctioning One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not been fulfilled For example you have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h One of the activation conditions for Distronic has not been fulfilled For example you have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h Possible solution gt Have cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 170 gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and
238. e it The engine starts automatically gt Diesel engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 95 Preglow indicator lamp Kag in the instrument cluster comes on gt As soon as preglow indicator lamp Kag goes out turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and release it The engine starts automatically If the engine is at operating temperature preglow indicator lamp Kig may not stay on and you can start the engine without preglowing With KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as Driving and parking they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button in the starter switch The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Controls in detail Driving and parking gt Make sure the KEYLESS GO start stop button is inserted in the starter switch If you wish to start the engine with the SmartKey instead of the KEYL
239. e multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution XW Switch Off Lights You have removed the SmartKey from the Turn the exterior lamp switch to jj or starter switch opened the driver s door BSE gt page 115 and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on or gt With the rear fog lamp switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop X Tail Lamp Left The left or right tail lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible or malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 388 Tail Lamp Right used XW Cornering Lamp The left or right corner illuminating front Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left fog lamp is malfunctioning gt page 388 or Cornering Lamp Right X Trailer Brake Lamp The left or right trailer brake lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible malfunctioning W railer Tail Lamp The left or right trailer tail lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left malfunctioning or railer Tail Lamp Right Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution railer Turn The left or right trailer turn signal lampis gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible z Signal Left malfunctioning or railer Turn Signal Right Turn Signal Rear The
240. e new bulb into bulb socket gt Place bulb socket back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align housing cover C and turn it clockwise until it engages High beam and high beam flasher bulb halogen headlamps high beam flasher bulb Bi Xenon headlamps P82 10 4953 31 Bulb socket for high beam headlamp gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 7 with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 7 gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket gt Place bulb socket 7 back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise until it engages Parking and standing lamp bulb front turn signal lamp bulb side marker lamp bulb gt Turn respective bulb socket 3 4 or gt page 390 with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket gt Gently press the new bulb into the bulb socket gt Place bulb socket 3 4 or back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages Front fog lamp bulb H If not done carefully and properly damage to the bumper can result It is recommended to have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Removing front fog lamp cover P82 10 4954 31 Cover Front fog lamp or corner illuminating fro
241. e nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do notaim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot Operation Vehicle care gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning
242. e or a citizens band unit from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Radio transmitters should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law Th
243. e poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 297 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to Operation the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested un
244. e ratchet for jack e Towing eye bolt e Wheel wrench Spare wheel bolts N gt Removing Open the tailgate gt page 90 Lock Cover in driver s side trim panel gt Turn lock C by 90 in direction of the arrow gt Fold down cover 2 The first aid kit can be removed 16 Vehicles with spare wheel only Where will find ESI gt Engage securing hook 8 on upper cargo compartment lip H With the cargo compartment cover blind installed behind the third row seats disengage cargo compartment cover blind and flip it forward Otherwise the strap of the securing hook could damage the cargo compartment cover blind H To prevent damage always disengage the securing hook from upper cargo compartment lip and lower the cargo compartment floor before closing the tailgate Cargo compartment floor lowered Securing hook Floor handle gt Release securing hook 3 located below gt Push in floor handle 2 as indicated by the floor handle from holder arrow gt Lift cargo compartment floor using floor handle 2 Securing hook Cargo compartment floor raised Upper cargo compartment lip Practical hints Where will I find Vehicles without spare wheel Reversible ratchet for jack Wheel wrench Towing eye bolt Fuse chart Collapsible wheel chock Jack Alignment bolt Vehicles with spare wheel PSB 10 2178 31 Alignment b
245. e switch If a window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the windows by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure Controls in detail themselves e g by becoming trapped in the window opening A Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning Do not keep any part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down between the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window You can also open or close the windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 127 and Convenience closing feature gt page 127 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the windows until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the windows for up to 5 minutes Power windows Left front door window Right front door window Right rear door window Left rear door window Hinged quarter windows Door windows gt
246. e without a trailer It is important to avoid sudden maneuvers e The vehicle and trailer combination is heavier and therefore is limited in acceleration and climbing ability and requires longer stopping distances It is more prone to reacting to cross wind gusts and requires more sensitive steering input e If possible do not brake abruptly but rather engage the brake slightly at first to permit the trailer to activate its brake Then increase the braking force H If the trailer should begin to sway reduce the vehicle s speed immediately Do not attempt to straighten out the tow vehicle and trailer by increasing the speed e If the transmission shifts between gears on inclines repeatedly shift to a lower gear range manually gt page 139 Select 4 3 2 or 1 A lower gear and reduction of speed reduces the chance of engine overloading and or overheating e On very steep inclines not manageable with automatic transmission in gear range Operation Driving instructions 1 switch on off road driving program Decoupling the trailer vehicle before the electrical connection is gt page 185 or LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 When going down an incline shift into a lower gear and use the engine s braking effect Avoid riding the brakes thus overheating the vehicle and trailer brakes if so equipped If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning is on
247. eat backrest 2 forwards A Warning To help avoid personal injury when folding the seat backrest forward make sure you move both feet and legs all the way back and out of the way to avoid them contacting the seat as it pivots forward In order to prevent an accident or any other potentially dangerous situations when opening the rear door and exiting the vehicle make sure you are aware of the traffic situation at all times gt Open the left door gt Exit the vehicle Lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the driver s seat lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine Curvature up Less curvature Curvature down Greater curvature gt Curvature position Use button 4 to move the curvature up and button to move it down gt Degree of curvature Use button 2 to lessen the curvature and button 4 to increase it Controls in detail Seats Rear seats A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehic
248. eat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to b gt Controls in detail Seats an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint tod
249. ecked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C A Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature indicator indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approximately turn to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts ae ee Marking bar in the expansion tank Cap Coolant expansion tank gt Using a rag turn cap 2 slowly approximately counterclockwise to release any excess pressure gt Continue turning cap 2 counterclockwise and remove it Operation Engine compartment
250. ection you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts Seat belt force limiter e Active head restraints e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Canada only Front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software For information on infants and children traveling
251. ectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and security Occupant safety Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale will always illuminate for 6 seconds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will also sound for a maximum of 6 seconds or until the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with front doors closed e the seat belt telltale 239 remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger s seat belt are fastened If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt telltale starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime
252. ects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket or a media interface are located in the glove box For information on Audio AUX mode or on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions a E AA Glove box lid release Glove box lid gt Opening Pull glove box lid release 1 gt Closing Push glove box lid 2 up until it engages Locking and unlocking the glove box separately You can lock the glove box separately e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key Controls in detail 1 Unlocking glove box 2 Locking glove box Storage compartment in front center console Depending on vehicle equipment your vehicle may not be equipped with both storage compartments Loading and storing In vehicles with enhanced off road package the upper storage compartment contains a control panel gt page 144 or gt page 189 gt Briefly press the front of the cover The cover opens automatically Controls in detail Loading and storing Front armrest storage compartment Storage compartment Storage compartment Coin holder Storage compartment cover Release button
253. ed the combined or average speed of the front wheels is identical to the combined rear wheel speed When the rear differential is locked both rear wheels turn at the same speed independent of the individual torque Please be aware that engaging the differential locks will significantly reduce the steering ability of the vehicle For your safety and the safety of others and to prevent damage to the vehicle the differential locks must not be engaged when driving on paved roads It is important to understand that during on road paved driving differentials are absolutely necessary for providing the essential control and steering ability of the vehicle The differential locks therefore must not be engaged when driving on paved roads and should only be used to the extent necessary to negotiate off road conditions which cannot be handled by the systems the 4 ETS the ESP and the transfer case in LOW RANGE mode this vehicle comes equipped with Controls in detail H If the differential locks are engaged accelerate gently when setting the vehicle in motion Only operate the vehicle on a single axle dynamometer if the axle not being driven is jacked up or the associated propeller shaft is disconnected Otherwise the transmission could be damaged You can select between three locking modes Rotary switch for differential locks Rotatable outer adjustment ring with indicator lamp AUTO mode center differential
254. ed in the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain b gt Controls in detail Driving systems In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic system sensor cover see gt page 321 If the message DISTRONIC Available Again appears during driving the dirt e g slush has dissolved Distronic works again if you reactivate it gt page 176 Turns and bends PS4 70 2375 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Offset driving Oooo e vm o v ig ye P54 70 2407 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicle Lane changing PS4 70 2406 31 Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient distance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles u e hee D a PS4 70 2409 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicles Distance warning function When the Distronic is deactivated this
255. efully secure cargo by applying even load on all rings with rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo Always follow loading instructions page 227 Cargo compartment Cargo tie down ring Second row footwell Cargo tie down ring The maximum permissible weight per cargo tie down ring is 331 Ib 150 kg For Information on how to fold the third row seats see Expanding cargo volume gt page 235 Third row seat backrest Cargo tie down ring Hooks Two hooks are located on the rear compartment trim panels one on each side Hook Use the hooks to secure light weight items only The maximum permissible weight per hook is 9 Ibs 4 kg You can separately fold the left and right rear seat backrests to expand the cargo volume A Warning When expanding the cargo volume always fully fold the corresponding seats and if so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo Unless you are transporting cargo the seat backrests must remain properly locked in the upright position In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Always use the cargo tie down rings A Warning Never drive the vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in
256. ehicle if you use only the service brake For information on driving downhill see Driving downhill Read this chapter carefully before you begin off road travel Familiarize yourself with the vehicle characteristics and gear changing before you attempt any difficult terrain off road driving We recommend that you start out with easy off road travel e Air Suspension program gt page 185 Off road driving rules e Engage the off road driving program gt page 185 or LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 before driving under off road conditions e If necessary activate differential locks gt page 144 Operation Driving instructions e Make sure you select a vehicle level gt page 186 appropriate to the topographical conditions Always make sure the vehicle has enough ground clearance e Fasten items being carried as securely as possible gt page 227 e Always navigate gradients with the engine on and with the transmission engaged in a gear Switch on the DSR gt page 182 to help maintain a preset speed H Observe the following during off road driving e Keep doors tailgate windows and tilt sliding sunroof closed whenever driving off road e Adjust vehicle speed to condition of terrain The more uneven rutty and steeper the terrain the lower the speed should be Drive through water slowly at an even speed avoiding a bow wave e Be especially careful when driving in unknown territory
257. el efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If a condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malf
258. el sensors mounted e g winter tires Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tire Pressure Currently The TPMS is unable to monitor the tire As soon as the causes of the malfunction have Monitor Unavailable inflation pressure due to a nearby radio been removed the TPMS becomes active again interference source or insufficient power automatically after a few minutes driving supply Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Symbol messages Brake Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution O Brake Wear The brake pads have reached their wear gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as limit po
259. el settings Level Ride height Raised 2 3 in 60 mm Highway 0 in 0 mm Highspeed 0 6 in 15 mm Controls in detail Driving systems Vehicles with ADS Depending on the ADS setting gt page 185 the vehicle will be lowered to the highspeed level when traveling at higher speeds At speeds below 40 mph 64 km h at the latest it will be returned to the highway level The highspeed level is not available when towing a trailer For more information on towing a trailer see Trailer towing gt page 310 Raised level Only select the raised level if appropriate for the driving situation encountered Otherwise the fuel consumption may increase and or the handling characteristics of the vehicle may be unfavorable You can select the raised level at speeds up to 40 mph 64 km h At higher speeds the message Level Selection Not Permitted appears in the multifunction display gt Start the engine 9 Ground clearance 8 5 in 217 mm When indicator lamp 2 is off gt Press switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 flashes The vehicle adjusts to the raised level The following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is being set Rising oto NE The message can be cleared by pressing the E a DAS or Bd button on the multifunction steering wheel When the raised level is reached indicator lamp 2 comes on continuously and the following message appears i
260. elerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Resume last stored speed A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in The set speed value is increased or cee 0 F direction of arrow 4 decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down past the resistance point If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up past pedal the resistance point in direction of arrow to increase or press the cruise control The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic Safety notes When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control incre
261. en in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location Roadside Assistance button Useful features gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Cal will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAV button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance b gt dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Controls in detail Useful features Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more informatio
262. enance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year Roadside Assistance will be provided in accordance with standard program guidelines which include providing service to the vehicle up to a reasonable distance from a paved roadway We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation however the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes Benz Center technician or the tow service provider on a case by case basis and may be a factor in our ability to respond Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in yo
263. engine only If you and or others have come into water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas contact with AdBlue aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If AdBlue has gotten into contact with eyes flush with plenty of water immediately and seek medical help e Clean affected skin immediately with H Rinse surfaces that have come into plenty of water contact with AdBlue or remove AdBlue If AdBlue was swallowed rinse mouth with a morst cloth and cold water immediately with plenty of water and immediately If AdBlue has crystallized drink plenty of water Consult a already use cold water and a sponge l AdBlue filler cap cover physician AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces gt Turn cover 1 counterclockwise and A Warning H AdBlue is not a fuel additive and must kga When opening the filler cap of the not be added to the diesel fuel tank If AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may AdBlue reaches the diesel fuel tank the escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated engine could be damaged which is not area only Ammonia gas vapors have a covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited pungent odor and are particularly irritating Warranty for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will For more information on AdBlue see cause burning eyes no
264. ents of the injection system injectors electrical wires e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on r e Ni Hood lock release lever gt Pull release lever 4 The hood is unlocked H To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield P88 40 2699 31 Handle for opening the hood gt Press and hold handle 2 The hood is unlocked gt Pull up on the hood in direction of arrow and then release it The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts Operation Engine compartment Closing Engine oil Checking engine oil level A Warning The amount of oil your engine needs will gt Open the hood gt page 267 When closing the hood use extreme depend on a number of factors including caution not to catch hands or fingers Be driving style Increased oil consumption can careful that you do not close the hood on occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle anyone is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Make sure the hood is securely engaged Engine oil consumption checks should only before driving off Do not continue driving Pe made after the vehicle break in period if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others
265. epending on the intensity of the rain Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation When you select intermittent wiping the rain sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending on the wetness of the sensor surface automatically H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry gt Turn the combination switch to position EA o EA After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R or e the wiper setting is changed using t
266. erator s Manual ABS ABS ESP U navailable See Operator s anual ABS ABS ESP U navailable See Operator s anual Possible cause consequence The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS and the ESP are unavailable The self diagnosis may not be completed yet The brake system still functions normally but due to insufficient power supply the ABS the BAS and the ESP are unavailable Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The display will clear after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is operational again and the message should disappear gt If the message does not disappear Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display messages ESR Inoperative See Operator s Manual ESP Unavailable See Operator s Manual ESP Unavailable See Operator s Manual Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence In addition the yellow ESP warning lamp comes on The brake system is st
267. eratures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges gt Press button Pay or R repeatedly until the digital speedometer or the outside temperature appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system NES Digital speedometer a Outside temperature The functions in the Audio DVD menu operate the audio or video equipment which you have currently turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO Off appears in the multifunction display b gt Controls in detail Control system The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page 154 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 154 e Operating video DVD gt page 155 Selecting radio station The HD radio with SIRIUS satellite radio is treated as a radio application For more information on HD radio with SIRIUS satellite radio refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle gt Turn on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the
268. ercedes Benz Limited Warranty Display messages f oe Coolant Stop car switch engine off Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The poly V belt could be broken Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature in the multifunction display gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution The cooling fan for the coolant is gt Observe the coolant temperature in the sasz malfunctioning multifunction display If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replace
269. ertification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and s
270. ervice contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only A Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time April 01 2008 GSP OIS Printed in U S A
271. ese systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and Operation corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failu
272. ever is pulled in direction of arrow 4 gt page 175 you will see the message DISTRONIC Off in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the Distronic e up to 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e when the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow i or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 176 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal if you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to accelerate past the set speed the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Setting a higher speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and
273. f the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Release handle Parking brake pedal gt Releasing Pull on release handle C When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step firmly on parking brake pedal 2 When the engine is running the brake warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on Driving and parking A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle If the engine cannot be turned off as described see Emergency engine shutdown gt page 417 gt Shift the automatic transmission
274. f necessary adjust clamping width of crossbar gt page 232 gt Slightly tighten screw on both sides by turning it clockwise gt On the front and rear crossbars tighten screws 4 Observe a tightening torque of 4 b ft 6 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after mounting the crossbars The screws could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm Controls in detail Loading and storing gt Attach cover caps gt page 230 and lock them gt Store key and Allen wrench back into the storage well gt page 326 Adjusting the clamping widths of the crossbars A Warning Only install the crossbars at the exact locations designated on the roof rails The designated locations for the front crossbars are between the markings engraved on the inside of the roof rails The designated locations for the rear crossbars are between the gaps on the roof rails Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle The clamping widths of the crossbars are factory set for your vehicle These clamping widths are solely intended for the designated positions Only install the crossbars at the designated locations and pay attention to the stickers Q FRONT and REAR gt page 231 Screw f
275. f the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the audio display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel gt
276. fault speed can be reprogrammed using the control system gt page 165 The next time the DSR is switched on the DSR will use the newly programmed default speed to regulate the vehicle s speed Once the DSR is switched on you can adjust the set speed using the cruise control lever gt page 170 Keep in mind that adjusting the set speed using the cruise control lever with the DSR switched on will not change the programmed default speed If the DSR is switched off and then switched on again the DSR will use the programmed default speed Depending on the road surface and level of downhill grade the DSR may not be able to maintain the set speed To maintain the set speed apply the brakes if necessary Switching the DSR on off Vehicles without enhanced off road package DSR switch Indicator lamp Vehicles with enhanced off road package DSR switch Indicator lamp A Warning If the accelerator pedal is depressed while the Downhill Speed Regulation DSR is activated the vehicle can drive faster than the programmed set speed You should therefore drive downhill with particular caution as it could otherwise lead to an accident and or serious injury to you or others Keep in mind that as soon as you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal with the DSR switched on the DSR will start regulating the vehicle s speed including use of brakes if required Depending on the programmed set speed Contro
277. fication label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 421 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is between 8 and 15 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Operation Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear uneven
278. folded up If the head restraint is in the uppermost position it could hit and damage the sun visor Vehicles without memory function The seats can be adjusted within 5 minutes after either front door has been opened The counter resets each time e you open or close a front door e you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch e you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e you switch the ignition on or off Just like in vehicles with memory function the power seats can be operated at any time when the ignition is switched on The memory function gt page 113 lets you store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel electrical and exterior rear view mirrors Controls in detail gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 2 until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 1 Head restraint height adjustment manual This feature is only available in vehicles without memory function A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the hea
279. formation placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels i o pt i weet fa oi lt i a a m i P40 00 2077 31 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pressure Z Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap if available on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If your vehicle is no
280. ft side defroster air vent fixed the venale UES et etre monim the Thumbwheel for air volume control for Left side air vent adjustable immediate area of unprotected skin adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for For best possible performance of the climate Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent control adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 3 in gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels 3 the required direction and 4 in the required direction gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruction For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle position Controls in detail Overview of climate control system functions and air vents Rear center console air vents Air vents in the roof liner over the Air vents in the roof liner over the third second row seats row seats Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjustable Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control i only only Rear climate control panel Rea P Thumbwheel for air volume control Left air vent adjustable When the front climate control panel is Air vent adjustable Right a
281. function display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution OCS the indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual Possible cause consequence USA only The front passenger front air bag is deactivated while driving even though an adult or someone larger than a small individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in weight Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Adjust the seat height to a higher p
282. function display The selection marker is on the current setting E gt Press button or E to switch function On or Off Use the Vehicle configuration menu to activate deactivate the Distance warning function gt page 164 or to set the DSR speed gt page 165 Distance warning function In vehicles equipped with Distronic you can determine whether the distance warning function is to be enabled or disabled With this function set to On the system will alert you when recognizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in your vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists even when the Distronic is switched off gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle configuration menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button MJ or R repeatedly until the message Distance Warning appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Distance Warning OFF e gt Press button or E to switch the distance warning function On or Off JER i Symbol for activated distance warning function If the distance warning function is activated you will see the symbol in the Standard display When the distance warning function is deactivated the symbol will not appear DSR Downhill Speed Regulation programmed default speed Use this function to program the default speed the DSR is set to when it is activated You c
283. g 139 310 Coupling atrailer 311 Decoupling 008 313 Electrical connections 310 TOWING estong inea aeaa 312 Trailer hitch 008 310 Weights and ratings 310 Transfer case 141 Gear rangeS 2 000 142 LOW RANGE mode 142 Switching LOW RANGE mode 143 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 270 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 137 Traveling abroad 314 Tread tires 0 296 Tread depth tires 274 297 Treadwear indicators tires 274 296 Trip computer menu 165 Trip odometer resetting 148 Turning off the engine 133 Turn signals 118 Additional in mirrors 388 BUDS 2 44 5 0 s5 s eto ease ae ae oh 388 Cleaning lenses 321 Indicator lamps 33 Messages in the multifunction display nnn ctionemoneeetoas es 367 Replacing bulbs 388 TWR Tongue Weight Rating 296 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 292 296 Units Settings Speedometer 159 Unleaded gasoline premium 435 Unlocking the vehicle 84 85 Manually c 2 6 4 see sieaceacts emi is 384 Upholstery cleaning 323 Useful features
284. g instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the multifunction display One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No Service No network is available e Bluetooth Ready The telephone has not been connected to the COMAND system via Bluetooth yet gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth e Ready or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found a network and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the Control system multifunction display you will then see the following message or if available the caller ID number or name gt Press button Pal You have answered the call Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call gt Press button Fan Dialing a number from the phone book When your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time b gt Controls in detail Control system gt Press button or repeatedly until your phone book you are calling will gt Press button Pay or E repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the appear in the multifunction display the desired number or name appears in the multifunc
285. gation module gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Time Date submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Clock Set Hour or Clock Set Minute s appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Example illustration for setting the hour gt Press button or E to set the hours or minute s Setting the date This function is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the COMAND system and navigation module gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Time Date submenu gt Press button PAN or Rv repeatedly until the message Date Set Month Date Set Day or Date Set Year appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Date Set Month N 320 2005 a e Example illustration for setting the month gt Press button or B to set the month day or year Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 161 e Setting locator lighting gt page 161 e Setting night security illumination gt page 162 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 162 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting
286. ged manually if traction is insufficient in AUTO mode The differential locks can be engaged in the sequence 3 4 gt page 145 up to a speed of 19 mph 30 km h A Engage differential locks e for off road driving e for driving through water e when driving on deep snow and icy or fouled surfaces gt Start the engine gt To select the desired locking mode rotate adjustment ring C to position 3 or 4 gt page 145 The indicator lamp on adjustment ring at the respective symbol comes on A message indicating that the respective differential is completely locked appears in the multifunction display Off road S Example illustration Center differential completely locked H f the differential locks have been manually engaged the tires will scuff on the road surface when cornering because the differences between the individual wheel rotation speeds will not be compensated for The differential locks are reset to AUTO mode after the ignition has been switched off for longer than 10 seconds For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 32 A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warni
287. ght position and are properly locked Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be properly supported or positioned to provide its intended benefit Adjustment handle gt While seated pull handle C in direction of arrow to resistance point and hold it there gt To move seat backrest back lean lightly against the seat backrest gt To move seat backrest forward lean forward with handle pulled and held at resistance point The seat backrest will move forward against your back gt Release handle 1 when the seat backrest has reached the desired position To make sure the seat backrest has engaged lean firmly against the seat backrest Head restraint height A Warning With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Second row seat head restraint Head restraint Release
288. ghting conditions may result in an accident Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or J gt page 115 gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop The green indicator lamp ED in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps and the yellow indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Lighting Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumination are described in the Control system section see Setting locator lighting gt page 161 and Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature gt page 162 Combination switch High beam High beam flasher Controls in detail Lighting High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position gt page 115 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow 4 The high beam headlamp indicator lamp E in the instrument cl
289. ginal position The message in the multifunction display disappears For setting the front passenger seat back into the stored position see Recalling positions from memory gt page 114 gt Enter the vehicle For information on how to fold down the second row seats completely see Expanding cargo volume gt page 235 Seats For setting the front passenger seat back into the stored position see Recalling positions from memory gt page 114 Easy exit feature for third row seats The easy exit strap is located on the right rear of the second row seat base Easy exit strap gt To exit the vehicle when seated on a third row Seat pull up and hold easy exit strap The right second row seat backrest folds forward gt Pull and hold once easy entry strap 4 gt Lift up the right second row seat until it folds forward bb Controls in detail Seats You should now have sufficient space to exit the vehicle s third row seat Vehicles with memory function The front passenger seat moved slightly forward While the easy entry feature is activated you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display 2nd Row Of Seats Right Not Locked gt Return seat into its original position gt page 102 The message in the multifunction display disappears For setting the front passenger seat back into the stored position see Recalling position
290. gine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly Starting the engine A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission Button for selecting park position P P Park position R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position For more information on how to operate the gear selector lever see Automatic transmission gt page 135 gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt page 137 Controls in detail With SmartKey gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Gasoline engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 95 and releas
291. gine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or the vehicle drivetrain as a result of vehicle movement always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Parking brake Z Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control o
292. gs for tether anchorages gt page 71 For information on LATCH type child seat anchors gt page 72 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions for the child restraint that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints Occupant safety A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restrai
293. h Seat belt telltale Kod Preglow indicator lamp diesel engine only EY Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp LE Engine malfunction indicator lamp Canada only Engine malfunction indicator lamp USA only Page 150 148 150 64 374 129 47 375 379 379 At a glance Function E High beam headlamp indicator lamp Fuel gauge with Fuel tank reserve warning lamp BPW Fuel filler flap indicator The fuel filler flap is located on the rear right hand side Multifunction display with Page 118 378 265 150 Instrument cluster Function Outside temperature indicator or digital speedometer depending on selected setting in the control system Transmission position indicator Gear range indicator LOW RANGE mode indicator Distance warning function indicator Rear window wiper indicator Downhill Speed Regulator DSR indicator Off road driving program indicator Page 153 159 137 139 142 164 123 183 185 At a glance Storage compartments Storage compartments E 3 P68 00 5269 31 Ce eee Function Glove box Door pockets Parcel nets on front seat backrests Cup holders Vehicle tool kit spare wheel Page 242 233 245 326 At a glance Function First aid kit Holder e g for gas cards Storage compartment Ashtray Parcel net in front passenger footwell Page
294. h engine off A Warning Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The coolant is too hot Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Engage the parking brake gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Observe the coolant temperature in the multifunction display gt If the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the M
295. hanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey The validity of the SmartKey is checked every time you grasp an outside door handle b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking When the SmartKey is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the fuel filler flap e the tailgate USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 84 e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button Jy e Always carry the SmartKey with you e Never store the SmartKey t
296. he ere After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire TPMS flashes 60 seconds TPMS malfunction telltal t aft f A OT and then stays Mets malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes o illuminated ume A Warning the tire inflation pressure label on the inside As an added safety feature your vehicle has Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not
297. he combination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow C to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 4 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 271 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 119 Combination switch Rear window wiper switch 2 Wiping rear window with washer fluid 3 Intermittent wiping 4 Rear window wiper off 5 Wiping rear window with washer fluid Controls in detail Rear window wiper indicator gt Switch on the ignition The rear window wiper engages automatically when the automatic transmission is shifted into reverse gear R with the windshield wipers switched on gt Activating intermittent wiping Turn rear window wiper switch 4 to position 3 In the lower multifunction display you will see rear window wiper indicator indicating that the rear window wiper is activated gt Deactivating intermittent
298. he indicator lamp in the desired button comes on Canada only The air distribution can be adjusted separately on each side of the passenger compartment The symbols on the buttons represent the following functions Symbol Driver s side Symbol Passenger side Function Directs air to the windshield and side air vents Directs air through the center side and rear passenger compartment air vents Directs air to the footwells and side air vents gt Press the desired air distribution button EJ EF or for the driver s side or EJ EJ or for the passenger side The automatic mode is switched off The indicator lamp in the desired button comes on Adjusting air volume USA only gt Decrease increase Press button or EJ The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed is shown in air volume display ii gt page 210 Canada only gt Decrease increase Press button or EAJ The automatic mode is switched off The selected blower speed appears in display gt page 213 Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button EJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automa
299. he ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers The ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running gt D Safety and security Driving safety systems The ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged A Warning Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing s
300. he Tire and Loading Information placard showing the load limit information is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing the seating capacity is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle P40 00 2076 31 Seating capacity information on the Tire and Loading Information placard Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement
301. he automatic transmission is in park position P e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water Controls in detail or you attempt to clean an outside door handle Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Possibility 1 One SmartKey in the vehicle one SmartKey outside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey behind when exiting and locking the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Possibility 2 One SmartKey in the vehicle no SmartKey outside the vehicle When exiting and trying to lock the vehicle the message Key Detected In Vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle will not be locked Factory setting gt Global unlocking Grasp an outside door handle The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds if neither door nor tailgate is opened Locking and unlocking F re lt i P80 30 2220 31 Lock button on the outside door handle gt Global locking Press lock button onan outside door handle Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so when you grasp the driver s outside door handle only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap unlock gt Switching on off Press and
302. he front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of b gt Safety and security Occupant safety Front passenger front air bag off indicator sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag that the seat was occupied by a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult or a child who weighs more than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag lamp The indicator lamp C will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 A Warning If the EY indicator lamp and the indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the OCS The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked as soon as possible by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS Do not place more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg into the storage bag on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight category
303. he vehicle gt Make sure the vehicle level is set to highway level gt page 186 gt Park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so Mounting the spare wheel Introduction gt Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 398 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e wheel wrench collapsible wheel chock e alignment bolt For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 326 and gt page 329 Lifting the vehicle Z Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approve
304. heck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center b gt Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Canada only The system is malfunctioning The indicator lamp does not illuminate or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the passenger seat USA only The system is malfunctioning Re ESEA OFF The indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passenger Suggested solutions gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat gt page 71 If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 330 seat A Warning the weight of a typical a
305. here be the need to insert the SmartKey in the starter switch the KEYLESS GO start stop button can be easily removed by pulling it out of the starter switch The KEYLESS GO start stop button does not need to be removed from the starter switch when you leave the vehicle However always take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle the vehicle s electrical systems can be switched on or the engine can be started using the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle ie KEYLESS GO start stop button Starter switch gt Insert KEYLESS GO start stop button 4 into starter switch 2 if not inserted already gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Do not depress the brake pedal KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as radio functions Controls in detail Seats If you now press the KEYLESS GO start A Warning stop button e once more the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice more the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button
306. hicle equipment eee 326 Where will I find 00 eee 326 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 330 What toidoiifas ee 370 Unlocking locking manually 384 Resetting activated head restraints 385 Replacing SmartKey batteries 386 Replacing bulbs 00 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeee 388 Replacing wiper blades 395 Flat tire cree eerste oetesrccescerenecees 397 Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only eee ees 404 AdBlue diesel engine only 405 Battery ea a 408 Jump startin E 410 Towing the vehicle eee 412 FUSES oecccccoccoc 415 Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle equipment Where will I find Vehicle tool kit First aid kit The vehicle tool kit is located in the space This Operator s Manual describes all underneath the cargo compartment floor features standard or optional potentially Check expiration dates and contents for The vehicle tool kit includes available for your vehicle at the time of completeness at least once a year and purchase Please be aware that your replace missing expired items e Alignment bolt vehicle might not be equipped with all co ees The first aid kit is located on the driver s side Collapsible wheel chock features described in this manual in the cargo compartment behind the cover e Fuse chart va e Jack e Reversibl
307. hildren Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you P82 10 5215 31 e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Lamp Type Lamp Type Lamp Type Tur signal lamp 3457 AK Rear fog lamp drivers P21W Parking and standing W5W 2 side only lamp Front fog lamp H11 55 W License plate lamps C5W Halogen headlamp H7 55 W Corner illuminating H11 55 W High beam lamp High front fog lamp beam flasher lamp Notes on bulb replacement Bi Xenon headlamp H7 55 W P Ei 12 e Ae T same type and EE E Rear lamps wi e specified watt rating lamp High beam e Switch the lights off before changing a bulb flasher spot lamp Slay Type to prevent short circuits igh Al lean lint f loth wh Halogen headlamp H7 55 W High mounted brake LED ways use a clean lint free cioth when lamp andling bulbs sata Your hands should be d df f oiland e Your hands should be dry and free of oil an Bi Xenon headlamp D1S 35 W Backup lamp PIW grease Low and high beam Tail lamp parking and P21W e If the newly installed bulb does not come Additional turn signal LED standing lamp brake on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz lamp side marker lamp Center amp Side marker lamp WY 5 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W H D
308. hile still holding down the signal transmitter button 2 3 or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button 3 or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt
309. hold buttons and simultaneously for approximately 5 seconds until battery check lamp 4 gt page 85 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasp the driver s outside door handle gt Global unlocking Grasp any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle gt Global locking Press lock button 1 on an outside door handle or E on the Press button SmartKey Battery check lamp gt page 85 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order gt If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 386 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement You can open a locked door fro
310. hould be gt Release the brake pedal done with the greatest of care especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded e the engine will not run neutral position N e there is a malfunction in the brake system gt If engaged release the parking brake e there is a malfunction in the power gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher supply or in the vehicle s electrical gt page 118 system H Keep in mind that it is important to have the ignition switched on Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch or opening a front door with the ignition switched off will automatically shift the This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Note the following when freeing a stranded vehicle e Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment e Never try to free a vehicle that is still coupled to a trailer e If possible a vehicle equipped with a trailer hitch receiver should be pulled backward in its own previously made tracks Practical hints Introduction The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating A Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bri
311. hould be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The Distronic system and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESP engages For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 332 and gt page 376 Electronic Traction System 4 ETS A Observe Safety notes see page 75 The 4 ETS four wheel Electronic Traction System are components of the ESP The 4 ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel In addition more power is transferred to the wheel s with traction When you switch off the ESP the 4 ETS is still enabled gt If conditions require switch on the off road driving program gt page 185 or the LOW RANGE mode gt page 141 Off road 4 ETS With the off road driving program switched on gt page 185 or the transmission in LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 the 4 ETS designed for off road use is activated automatically Switching off the ESP A Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described
312. ible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped Effect Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Exception If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Drive position Effect The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear Canada vehicles only gt Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance to use the kickdown Rocking the vehicle Rocking the vehicle by shifting the automatic transmission directly between drive position D and reverse gear R can help free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow The engine control system of this vehicle
313. ic conditions Additionally the driver must provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring systems etc can cause the Distronic system to malfunction A Warning The Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system A Warning The Distronic cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed A Warning Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Distronic does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use the Distronic during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet A Warning The Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the Distronic or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the Distronic system sensor cover is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic condi
314. ice could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Factory setting gt Global unlocking Press button EJ The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking if neither door nor tailgate is opened gt Global locking Press button J Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey so that pressing Locking and unlocking button only unlocks the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for approximately 5 seconds until battery check lamp 4 gt page 85 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button once gt Global unlocking Press button twice gt Global locking Press button JP KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mec
315. icians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz on the brake discs and the brake linings is removed without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a If your brake system is normally only trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an acoustic warning sounds although the parking brake is released Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary con
316. icle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Fuels coolants lubricants etc Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 5 0 US gt 4 75 1 6 3 US qt 6 0 I 49 F 45 C 5 5 US qt 5 2 I 7 0 US qt 6 6 1 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Z Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality s
317. ictions that apply to towing also apply when using accessories that are connected to the trailer power socket such as a bicycle rack Towing a trailer There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailer towing Make sure your rig will be legal not only for where you reside but also for where you will be driving A good source for this information can be the police or local authorities Note the following when driving with a trailer e In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic e Before you start driving check the trailer hitch break away switch safety chains electrical connections lighting tires e Adjust the mirrors gt page 111 to permit unobstructed view beyond rear of trailer e If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving slowly and then apply only the trailer brake controller by hand to make sure the brakes are working properly e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e When towing a trailer check occasionally to make sure the load is secure and that lighting and trailer brakes if so equipped are functioning properly e Take into consideration that when towing a trailer the handling characteristics are different and less stable from those when operating the vehicl
318. ief cyclical blocking of the front wheels permitting them to dig into loose ground Remember that when stopped the front wheels slide across a surface and thus lose their ability to steer the vehicle Driving through water P00 00 4134 31 Fording depth Vehicles with air suspension program raised level Vehicles with 14 00 in 35 cm BlueTEC All other vehicles 20 00 in 50 cm Vehicles with enhanced off road package Off road 1 level 20 00 in 50 cm Off road 2 level 20 00 in 50 cm Off road 3 level 23 60 in 60 cm e Before driving through water determine its depth H The water depth must not exceed the respective value listed in the table The ground under the water might not be firm which could result the water being deeper than expected when driving the vehicle through it Please note that the water level is correspondingly lower for flowing water e Select the highest vehicle level possible gt page 186 e Switch to off road driving program gt page 185 or LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 before driving through water e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 or 2 gt page 139 e Avoid high engine speeds e Enter and leave the water only at a shallow spot driving at walking speed H Never accelerate before driving into the water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equipment thus damaging them e Drive through the water slowly
319. iers 00005 228 Center console LOWER patsa orca coe ean aoe ek 42 Upper Paltsi tavern noa 40 Central locking Automatic 0 89 163 Locking unlocking from inside 89 Central locking unlocking switch 89 Certification label 421 Children in the vehicle 68 All DABS 5 ic vt edet ti Seek de 47 BabySmart air bag deactivation SYSLOM es 5 ee ore e b Sod oedes bee Sey 57 Blocking of rear window operation 74 Child safety locks rear doors 73 Indicator lamp front passenger TONE AIT DAG cad wee be weee de eee 56 Infant and child restraint systems 68 LATCH type child seat anchors 72 Occupant Classification System OCS vances gees orean a 53 Safety noteS 0 000 68 Tether anchorage points 71 Child safety see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip cleaning 04 324 Cigarette lighter 248 Climate control system 3 zone automatic climate control 210 Air conditioning cooling 206 217 Air conditioning refrigerant 435 Air distribution 207 220 Air recirculation mode 208 222 Ait VOIUMG 3 3 224c6 00 afencae 207 221 Automatic mode 206 218 Climate control 202 Deactivating system 205 217 Front defroster 207 221 Residual engine heat REST 209 223 Temperature 207 219 Clock on egg verse celen dene 33 1
320. il Oil level see Engine oil Checking level On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting 140 Operating safety 23 Ornamental moldings cleaning 320 Outside temperature see Displays Overhead control panel 43 Paintwork cleaning 319 Paintwork code 421 Panic alarm 75 Panorama roof Sunshade 000 eee 247 Parcel nets 0 233 Parking 222 ooe eua iaai 132 PArkttOMCes 04 sacda ca cee eae 193 Parking brake 133 302 Messages in the multifunction display wecasenetawesesutaens 347 Parking position Transmission position 137 Parktronic 000 40 41 Cleaning system sensors 321 Malfunctions 197 Minimum distance 195 RINSES xaien ae weedy Steet seh 194 System sensors 194 321 Warning indicators 31 195 Parts service 420 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals soceri eote aanak t 299 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 323 Power assistance 300 Power outlets 249 Power seats see Seats Power tailgate COSINE inc c tet onset EE Messages in the multifunction display an acccese rete eeheeeet OPENIN 2 542 534 2 Oh neds shoe Power tilt sliding sunroof O
321. il indicator lamp 3 of the desired level flashes e Off road level 1 lower indicator lamp flashes e Off road level 2 lower and middle indicator lamps flashes e Off road level 3 lower middle and upper indicator lamps flashes The vehicle adjusts to the corresponding off road level For example the following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is being set The vehicle is raised from off road level 1 to off road level 2 The message can be cleared by pressing the Sm a B or BRA button on the multifunction steering wheel When the off road level 2 is reached the following message appears in the multifunction display for 5 seconds ESS The lower and middle indicator lamps comes on continuously While the vehicle is adjusting from off road level 2 to off road level 3 you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display Off road G2 NE od Max a MPH Le Once off road level 3 is reached you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display Controls in detail Driving systems Off road G o NE Fog ree a a The message Max 12 MPH 20 km h reminds you of the maximum permissible driving speed with off road level 3 If you drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h for a short period while using off road level 3 the following message appears in the multifunction display am
322. ild restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Installation of infant and child restraint systems A Warning Always lo
323. ility Each tire including the spare should be checked every other week when cold and set to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The recommended tire inflation pressures for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 or if available on the tire inflation pressure label on the on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 266 The tire inflation pressures are not listed in the Operator s Manual A Warning The Run Flat Indicator does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The Run Flat Indicator does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indicator The Run Flat Indicator is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding a
324. ill functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ESP is unavailable The ABS and the BAS may not be operational The brake system still functions normally but due to insufficient power supply the ESP is unavailable If the yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while driving and this message appears the 4 ETS has switched off to prevent overheating of the drive wheel brakes Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Continue driving with added caution When the voltage is above the required value again the ESP is operational again and the message in the multifunction display should disappear If the message in the multifunction display does not disappear gt Have the alternator and the battery checked gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible As soon as the brakes have cooled off the 4 ETS switches on again The message in the multifunction display disappears and the ESP warning lamp goes out b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages ESP PRE SAFE Unavailable See Operator s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible cause consequence The self diagnosis might not be completed yet Th
325. in Fuel requirements Gasoline engine Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Failure to use ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL can severely damage the vehicle s exhaust after treatment device To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
326. iness indicators 3 are illuminated The current transmission position determines which warning indicator will be activated Front area warning indicator Left side of the vehicle Right side of the vehicle Readiness indicators b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Current Warning indicator transmission position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the seventh distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into park position P or the parking brake is engaged Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P or the parking brake is engaged Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system switches on automatically when the ignition is switched on Vehicle without enhanced off
327. ing ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 79 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Suggested solutions gt Apply the brakes immediately to increase the following distance gt Apply the brakes immediately gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Practical hints What to do if Vehicle Engine Practical hints What to do if Problem USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running Possible cause consequence There may be a malfunction in e The fuel management system e The ignition system e The emission control system e Systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky Suggested solutions gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Some states may by law require you to v
328. ing brake pedal Remote tailgate switch power tailgate Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Cockpit Page 133 94 44 lS Steering wheel adjustment electrical Heated steering wheel Combination switch e Turn signals e Wipers e High beam 109 110 118 122 118 P 4 30 9778 31 Function EJ Left turn signal indicator lamp To dim instrument cluster illumination Reset button for e Resetting trip odometer e Resetting all settings To brighten instrument cluster illumination Page 147 148 157 147 At a glance Function Page BEM Right turn signal indicator lamp Clock 160 Speedometer with Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp 371 Variable speed limiter indicator lamp 2 Lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running 3 Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running Instrument cluster Function Brake warning lamp USA only ESP warning lamp Distance warning lamp Brake warning lamp Canada only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA only Page 372 376 377 373 283 380 At a glance Instrument cluster P54 30 9781 31 Function Multifunction display with e Trip odometer e Main odometer Tachometer wit
329. ing cargo volume fully A Warning Folded second row seats are intended to serve as a cargo volume expansion in conjunction with folded third row seats only Do not fold the second row seats and allow third row seat occupants to use folded second row seats as a footrest while driving Third row seat occupants must like all vehicle occupants keep both feet on the gt Push in the head restraints of the third row seats all the way gt page 104 gt Remove cargo compartment cover blind gt page 239 gt Press and hold button 2 for each side until the third row seats are fully folded floor in front of their seat Otherwise occupants could slide under their seat belt in a collision If occupants slide under the seat belt it would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Do not fold the second row seats and allow third row seat occupants to use folded second row seats as a table while driving Objects placed on folded second row seats may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or an accident and be thrown around the vehicle interior Objects thrown around the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Folding second row seats H When the second row seats are folded forward the front seats may not be moved to the rearmost position Otherwise you could damage the front and second row seats gt Push in the head restraints of the seco
330. ing off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Moving the gear selector lever up or down shifts the automatic transmission out of park position P Shifting into neutral position N gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and move the gear selector lever up or down to the resistance point to select neutral position N When you turn off the engine the automatic transmission will shift into neutral position N automatically SmartKey Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch or opening a front door after turning off the engine will shift the automatic transmission into park position P automatically KEYLESS GO Opening a front door after turning off the engine will shift the automatic transmission into park position P automatically Remaining in neutral position N If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral position N e g when taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor type car wash observe the following instructions A Warning When leaving the SmartKey in the starter switch do not leave children unattended in the vehicle It is possible for children to switch on the ignition which could result in unsupervised use of
331. ings in the cargo compartment floor Passenger use of seats behind installed cargo net is restricted because of the footwell being taken up by the net Use of the cargo net is a particularly important safety factor when the vehicle is loaded higher than the top of the seat backrests with smaller objects For your safety always use the cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net can be installed in two locations Holder behind B Pillar Holder behind C Pillar e With the cargo volume expanded in part gt page 235 use holders behind C pillars 2 and the cargo tie down rings behind the third row seat backrest gt page 234 e With the cargo volume fully expanded gt page 236 use holders behind B pillars and the cargo tie down rings in the second row footwell gt page 234 Controls in detail gt Open the hook and loop fasteners on the cargo net package gt Roll out the cargo net gt Unfold the cargo net gt Engage the lower cargo net bar The cargo net bar must engage audibly Installing the cargo net Cargo net installed behind the C pillar Holder Cargo net bar Cargo net bar Loading and storing gt Hang cargo net bar 2 on holder Q as indicated by the arrow gt Push cargo net bar 2 forward into holder in direction of arrow gt Engage cargo net bar 3 The cargo net bar must engage audibly Pulling the cargo net tight Belt hook attached behi
332. into park position P gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P When parked on an incline also turn the front wheels towards the road curb Observe instructions if you want the automatic transmission to remain in b gt Controls in detail Driving and parking neutral position N see Remaining in neutral position N gt page 136 With SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated If you turn off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button With the driver s door closed the starter switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt page 95 If you turn off the engine
333. into park position on the ground make sure the SmartKey is P gt Loosen towing eye bolt ed in starter switch position 2 counterclockwise with wheel wrench H The vehicle may be towed only for gt Unscrew towing eye bolt 4 A Warning distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a gt Reinstalling cover Engage cover C With the engine not running there is no speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h gt page 413 at top and press at bottom power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is gt Store the towing eye boltandwheelwrench important to keep in mind that a back into the vehicle tool kit considerably higher degree of effort is To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use you can activate the combination switch for the left necessary to brake and steer the vehicle OF vent Cum Signalin me usual manner Adapt your driving accordingly only the selected turn signal will operate Towing with all wheels on the ground Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard gt Make sure the ignition is switched on warning flasher will operate again Z Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the with all wheels on the ground always tow brake pedal and keep it pressed Stranded vehicle with a tow bar if gt Shift the automatic transmission into Freeing a stranded vehicle on which the wheels are dug into sand or mud s
334. ion P gt Open the hood gt Flip up cover 3 of positive terminal 2 in direction of arrow gt Remove cover from negative terminal 4 Jump starting Negative terminal Positive terminal Positive terminal of charged battery Negative terminal of charged battery H Never invert the terminal connections gt Connect positive terminal 4 of the charged battery with positive terminal 2 with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive terminal of the charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminal of the charged battery with negative terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to we Practical hints Towing the vehicle negative terminal of the charged battery MEVO A AAGE first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery and run at idle speed You can now turn on the electrical consumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 4 and S and then from positive terminals 2 and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety notes Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other
335. ir vent adjustable switched on or off the air supply through the rear center air vents is also switched on or gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels 1 off upward or downward Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and 4 upward or downward Controls in detail Climate control Climate control Control panel P83 30 4607 31 Function Recommendation Notes Temperature control driver s side Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C page 207 Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Switches on the automatic mode The indicator lamp gt page 206 in button EJ comes on Function Front defroster Increasing air volume Air distribution directs air through the windshield and side air vents AC cooling on off Residual heat ventilation Temperature control passenger side Rear climate control on off or air supply for rear passenger compartment on off USA only Rear climate control on off or air supply for rear passenger compartment on off Canada only Air distribution directs air through center and side air vents Air distribution directs air through the footwells and side air vents Controls in detail Climate control Recommendation Notes Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side
336. ire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio Aspect ratio 2 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 288 Rim diameter Rim diameter 4 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Operation Tires and wheels Tire load rating A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires c
337. irmly The windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened With SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed The vehicle locks gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the closing procedure Controls in detail Driving and parking With KEYLESS GO The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door gt Close all doors gt Press and hold the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 87 until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed gt Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure Driving and parking Safety notes A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning With the en
338. irror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example when transporting cargo which covers the rear window Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident Power folding exterior rear view mirrors H Before you drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash fold in the exterior rear view mirrors Otherwise they may get damaged Folding in and out automatically When the corresponding function in the control system is activated gt page 164 e The exterior rear view mirrors fold in automatically as soon as the vehicle is locked from the outside e The exterior rear view mirrors fold out automatically as soon as the vehicle is unlocked and the driver s or front passenger door are subsequently opened Synchronizing The power folding rear view mirrors may have to be synchronized after the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged If the exterior rear view mirrors do not fold properly upon locking or unlocking the vehicle although the corresponding function in the control system is activated gt page 164 do the following gt Fold each exterior rear view mirror in completely gt page 113 gt Fold each exterior rear view mirror out completely gt page 113 When the exterior rear view mirrors fold properl
339. is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning and air drying are turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Controls in detail Climate control Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the battery voltage Regardless of the temperature and air volume set on the climate control panel an interior temperature is aimed at by 72 F 22 C and the blower runs on low speed to protect the vehicle battery gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button IRJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press button again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control 3 zone automatic climate control Control panels P83 30 4607 31 USA only CO TOS to Function Temperature control driver s side Air distribution an
340. is turned off b gt Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control The previous settings are once again in effect The air conditioning compressor remains switched on To deactivate you can also press button id or ma Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 122 gt Press button M9 The indicator lamp in the button goes out Air volume and air distribution are controlled separately for each zone If the automatic air volume and air distribution are switched off gt Press buttons E EY and EJ A 12 12 Canada only Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button gt Activating Press button J The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatical
341. isit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements gt Check the fuel cap gt page 265 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If itis closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Diesel engine Your fuel tank was After refueling start turn off and restart the engine three or four driven empty times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Practical hints What to do if Tires Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions USA only The TPMS detects a loss of gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and Combination low tire pressure in at least one tire braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you pressure telltale TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display malfunction telltale for the gt page 330 TPMS illuminates Sor Sana continuously If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving USA only There is a malfunction in the gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display Combination low tire TPMS gt page 330 pressure telltale TPMS gt Have the TPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center malfunction telltale for t
342. isk of an accident A Warning The Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maximum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corresponds to approximately 20 of the maximum deceleration of your vehicle The Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the set speed Keep driver s foot area clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Distronic menu in the control system Use the DISTRONIC menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic system and or the distance warning function are activated or deactivated To activate or deactivate the Distronic system see gt page 176 or see gt page 178 Controls in detail To activate or deactivate the Distance warning function see gt page 164 gt Press button or repeatedly until one of the following two displays appears in the multifunction display Distronic deactivated When the Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard Distronic display in the multifunction display Preceding vehicle if detected Actual distance to the preceding vehicle Preset distance threshold to the precedi
343. isplay messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because the gt Leave the area of the external interference Unavailable functionality is impaired by external gt Activate Distronic again gt page 176 when the Seo Wee Wal E ea ten Uegueney message DISTRONIC Available Again Manual sources such as toll stations speed appears measuring systems etc Distronic is deactivated because the gt Activate Distronic again gt page 176 when the Distronic sensor has not sensed any other message DISTRONIC Available Again vehicles or objects e g road sign or such appears for a long time A Warning Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is diminished as a result of snow rain or fog The distance control may be impaired even before the system is able to detect a dirty sensor The message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual will be displayed in the multifunction display and Distronic will be turned off Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Vehicle Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Depress brake to shift out of P You have attempted to shift the automatic gt Depress the brake pedal transmission into drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N without depressing the brake pedal Door Ope
344. istance for the steering and the service brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure ma
345. iters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries e Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing e Never use a seat belt for
346. ith front climate control panel USA only gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control and or O gt page 210 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Canada only gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 1 and or gt page 213 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Rear temperature with front climate control panel gt Press button USA only or Canada only Canada only In display 4 gt page 213 you will see the j4 symbol USA only gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 7 gt page 210 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Canada only gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control gt page 213 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control Rear temperature with rear climate control panel gt Increasing decreasing Turn temperature control 2 gt page 2 16 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Adjusting air distribution USA only The air distribution can be adjusted manually The symbols on the buttons represent the following functions Symbol Function ws Directs air to the windshield and side air vents Directs air through the center and side air vents Directs air to the footwells and side air vents gt Press the desired air distribution button A ER o EA The automatic mode is switched off T
347. itor gt If you wish to confirm Press button Em The following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator gt page 282 or the TPMS gt page 283 Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics e g winter tires you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center For information on driving in case of pressure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical Hints section gt page 403 Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 4705 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 292 DOT Tire Identification N
348. iving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the Controls in detail Driving systems ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system and or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the 4MATIC is only achieved with winter tires gt page 297 or snow chains as required Parktronic system The Parktronic system is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers It indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle visually and audibly The Parktronic system is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition and e release the parking brake b gt Controls in detail Driving sys
349. jury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain frontal impacts front air bags driver side knee bag side impacts side impact and window curtain air bags which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat Safety and security belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless
350. justment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel Switching on Switching off Indicator lamp gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn switch at the tip of the stalk in direction of arrow 4 Indicator lamp 3 comes on The steering wheel heating may be suspended temporarily However indicator lamp 3 remains on The steering wheel heating is suspended when the temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C It is also suspended when the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating continues gt Switching off Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direction of arrow 2 Indicator lamp 3 goes out Indicator lamp flashes or goes out in case of power surge or undervoltage or if the steering wheel heating malfunctions The steering wheel heating switches off automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition and open the driver s door For more information on the steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 148
351. kness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors With the headlamps delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position EGER before the engine is turned off the following lamps will come on when the engine is turned off Headlamp Delayed Shut off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps gt Press button or E to switch the headlamps delayed shut off feature On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position W before turning off the engine The headlamps delayed shut off feature is activated You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you start the engine Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button BA or R repeatedly until the message Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off N OFF E gt Press button or E to swit
352. ks 267 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock Tele Aid 255 Replacing bulbs 388 Brake lampS 0s00000050 gt 388 Headlamps tereticornis 388 High beam headlamps 388 High mounted brake lamp 388 License plate lamps 388 Low beam headlamps 388 Parking lamps 388 Side marker lamps 388 Standing lamps 388 Taillamps 000 5 388 Turn signal lamps 388 Reporting safety defects 25 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction diSplay adavadawdnicadvcsdesemss 362 Warning lamp e 8 35 Reset button Restraint systems see Occupant safety RIMS 56 6860 as 508 8 oes srana 295 425 Roadside Assistance 22 253 RON Research Octane Number Si eng ett Sects Senor ae ee accede eset 266 436 Roof rack 000055 228 Route guidance see Navigation system Rubber parts cleaning Run Flat Indicator Run flat tires see MOExtended tires Safety Driving safety systems 75 Occupant safety 46 Reporting defects 25 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 64 Seat belts 59 Children in the vehicle 68 Cleaning sc hcawawcne 3 eked oe oe 3
353. l gt page 269 and add engine oil as required gt page 270 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks Visually check for oil leaks If there are no H Engine oil level warnings should not be obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service ignored Extended driving with the symbol station to refill your engine oil to the required displayed could result in serious engine level damage that is not covered by the For information on approved engine oils Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Fa Fa Fa Reserve Fuel Ultra Low sulfur Diesel Fuel Only Gas Cap Open Replace air filter Clean Fuel Filter Check Additive See Operator s Manual Possible cause consequence The fuel level is low The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark Vehicles with diesel engine only The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky The air filter is clogged There is water in the fuel filter The AdBlue supply is almost depleted Possible solution gt Refuel at the next gas station gt Refuel at the next gas station gt Refuel at the next gas station
354. l not correct the condition that caused the message to appear A Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury Z Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warning indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 332 and symbol messages gt page 346 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages ABS ABS EP I noperative See Op
355. l starting The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the button out then permanently not detected starter switch insert key gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Bluetooth Ready The telephone has not yet been gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system connected to the COMAND system via via Bluetooth Bluetooth Top Up Washer Fluid The fluid level has dropped to gt Add washer fluid gt page 271 cD hb N i approximately of total reservoir capacity Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Engine Display messages Possible cause consequence Top Up Coolant The coolant level is too low See Operator s Manual A Warning Possible solution gt Add coolant gt page 271 gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Display messages Coolant naaa Stop car switc
356. lace the storage well casing into the spare wheel gt page 330 gt Secure the spare wheel by turning the retaining screw gt page 330 clockwise gt Place the jack into the storage well casing gt page 328 gt Close and pull tight the hook and loop fastener gt page 328 that secures the jack Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Notes Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the Vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 156 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 147 or button Eas Eva or on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high priority and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 147 or button E EA or EH on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 156 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message wil
357. lamps lamps are off AIRMATIC Compass 4 Set lower vehicle level a NE Basic settings Another available level is the highspeed level that i tically The following vehicle chassis ride heights can evert A anomna a y i EEn be selected using the vehicle level control The following is the approximate change in switch in the center console ride height for each of the level settings The vehicle is lowered to the highway level Level Ride height automatically if the vehicle speed is above 55 mph 88 km h or if the vehicle speed Off road 3 3 5 in 90 mm stays between 40 mph 64 km h and 55 mph 88 km h for approximately 20 Off road 2 2 3 in 60 mm seconds b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Level Ride height Off road 1 1 2 in 30 mm Highway 0 in 0 mm Highspeed 0 6 in 15 mm Vehicles with ADS Depending on the ADS setting gt page 185 the vehicle will be lowered to the highspeed level when traveling at higher speeds At speeds below 40 mph 64 km h at the latest it will be returned to the highway level The highspeed level is not available when towing a trailer For more information on towing a trailer see Trailer towing gt page 310 You can only select the off road levels below a certain speed At higher speeds the message Level Selection Not Permitted appears in the multifunction display 9 Ground clearance 8 5 in 217 mm You can select e Off road level 1 selectabl
358. le A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Rear seat adjustment A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide b gt Controls in detail Seats under the seat belt in a collision Ifyou slide Seat backrest tilt second row seats under it the belt would apply force at the er abdomen or neck That could cause serious A Warning a or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat The seat belt only offers its intended belts provide the best restraint when the protection when the seat backrest is in a wearer is in a nearly upright position and nearly vertical position and the occupant is seat belts are properly positioned on the sitting upright Avoid sitting in positions body that prevent the seat belt from being properly positioned against the body You should therefore adjust the seat backrest to a position as upright as possible Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being The seat backrest tilt can be set to five adjusted different positions After adjusting rear seats make sure e the seats are properly locked e the seat backrests are in an upri
359. left or right rear turn signal lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 388 or used Turn Signal Rear Right Turn Signal Front The left or right front turn signal lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 390 or used Turn Signal Front Right Turn Signal Left The turn signal in the left or right exterior gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center irror rear view mirror is malfunctioning This as soon as possible or message will only appear if all LEDs have Turn Signal Right stopped working HEOR Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire pressure s The tire pressure is too low in one or more Check and correct tire inflation pressure as Please Correct tires required gt page 281 or The tire pressure of the individual tires differ from each other significantly Tire Pressure One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Caution Tire abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Defect gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 397 Tire Pressure The tire pressure in one or more tires is gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Check Tires already below the minimum value abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adju
360. lers with a separate brake system Check with your local state laws for specific requirements The switch activates the trailer brakes in the possible event that the trailer might separate from the tow vehicle Driving instructions H Do not connect a trailer brake system if trailer is so equipped directly to the vehicle s hydraulic brake system as your vehicle is equipped with antilock brakes If you do neither the vehicle s brakes nor the trailer s brakes will function properly The provided vehicle electrical wiring harness for trailer towing has a brake signal wire for hook up to a brake controller gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt page 136 gt Engage the parking brake for the vehicle gt page 133 gt Start the engine gt page 128 gt Set the vehicle level to highway gt page 186 gt Vehicles with ADS Set the ADS to AUTO or COMF gt page 185 gt Turn off the engine gt page 133 gt Close all doors and the tailgate gt Attach the trailer gt Plug in all electrical connectors Operation Driving instructions When you are towing a trailer the vehicle level always remains in the highway setting The following applies additionally when towing a trailer e The vehicle is lowered to the highway level when it reaches a speed of 5 mph 8 km h if not set to highway level e The highspeed level is not available The restr
361. lfunctioning The SmartKey in the starter switch does not belong to the vehicle The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle Possible solution gt Take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Find the SmartKey that belongs to the vehicle to operate the vehicle gt Replace the batteries gt page 386 gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Key Not Detected The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so detected while the engine is running because there is strong radio frequency p interference gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Engage the parking brake Key Not Detected The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the momentarily not detected vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch if necessary Pul
362. ll be sent to the vehicle immediately A Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense Controls in detail please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Initiating an emergency call manually Cover SOS button P82 95 2722 31 Roadside Assistance button gt Open the storage compartment gt page 244 gt Briefly press on cover 1 to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded A Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy wh
363. lly b gt Controls in detail Climate control e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows side air vents must be open e the air conditioning compressor switches on at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C for air drying Adjustments You can adjust the air volume and the temperature when the front defroster is switched on The air flow will remain on the windshield and front door windows gt Press button to decrease or button to increase air volume to the desired level The air volume decreases increases to the next lower higher blower speed and heating switches to the temperature that was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button JE goes out The indicator lamp in button JI comes on or gt Turn temperature control 1 and or 7 gt page 202 slightly in any direction Heating switches to the temperature that was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button JE goes out The indicator lamp in button JI comes on The air conditioning compressor remains on even if the indicator lamp in button E goes out This helps to prevent the windshield from fogging Deactivating gt Press button E again The indicator lamp in the button goes out Defrosting is turned off The previous settings are once again in effect
364. locking switch gt page 89 The locking knobs of the front passenger door and the rear doors move down gt If the vehicle battery is disconnected or drained Press down the locking knobs of the front passenger door and the rear doors manually gt Exit the vehicle gt Close the driver s door gt Enter the vehicle through the rear left door gt Press down the locking knob of the driver s door H To prevent inadvertent lockout make sure to have the SmartKey with you before proceeding with the next step The next step will lock the vehicle gt Exit the vehicle gt Close the rear left door The vehicle is locked This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap Fuel filler flap A Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located behind a cover in the right side trim panel of the cargo compartment gt Open the tailgate gt page 90 gt Remove right side trim panel gt page 393 Fuel filler flap release gt Pull red fuel filler flap release in direction of arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 265 Practical hints Resetting
365. lowing pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 127 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Deactivating the climate control system A Warning When the climate control system is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Deactivating the front climate control gt Deactivating Press button aa The indicator lamp in the button comes on Canada only Display 4 gt page 213 is cleared gt Reactivating Press button Eig You can also press button on the climate control panel If you press button IE to reactivate the climate control system the defrosting mode is activated Controls in detail Deactivating the rear climate control from the front USA only gt Deactivating Press button RJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button GZ The indicator lamp in the button goes out Canada only gt Deactivating Press button PAJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on In display 4 gt page 21
366. lowing two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmitter button 3 or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt W
367. ls in detail actual vehicle speed and gradient the DSR can cause the vehicle to slow down rapidly Sudden and unexpected deceleration can result in loss of vehicle control causing an accident and or serious personal injury to you and others Switching on the DSR The DSR can only be switched on if the vehicle speed is below 18 mph Canada 30 km h gt Press DSR switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 comes on The message DSR and the set speed appear in the multifunction display Ifthe DSR is switched on at a speed above 18 mph Canada 30 km h the message DSR Max Speed 18 mph Canada 30 km h appears in the multifunction display Driving systems For information on how to program the set speed while driving see Adjusting the DSR speed gt page 183 Switching off the DSR gt Press DSR switch 4 The indicator lamp 2 goes out The message DSR Off appears in the multifunction display At a speed above approximately 21 mph Canada approximately 35 km h the DSR is automatically switched off The message DSR Off appears in the multifunction display and an acoustic signal sounds For information on how to switch the DSR on again see Switching on the DSR gt page 183 Adjusting the DSR speed With the DSR switched on gt page 183 the speed setting can be changed using the cruise control lever b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Cruise control lever Incre
368. lue refill container gt Pull dust cap off of AdBlue refill container gt Place AdBlue refill container on the filler neck as illustrated and tighten it moderately hand tight by turning it clockwise H Make sure to tighten the AdBlue refill container only moderately i e hand tight as you could otherwise damage it bE P47 10 2463 31 AdBlue filler cap cover Practical hints Battery Battery Safety notes A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and X smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a phy
369. lure to do so can adversely affect the vehicle s future performance including increased chance of an accident When driving over tree stumps big rocks and other obstacles observe the following rules e Make sure the off road driving program gt page 185 or if equipped the LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 is switched on e Avoid high engine speeds e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 139 e Check the vehicle clearance before crossing obstacles e Cross obstacles e g tree stumps or big rocks very slowly by aiming one of the front wheels at the center of the obstacle and repeat same with the rear wheel H Special attention is needed when you cross obstacles on a steep incline The vehicle could slide sideways as a result of its possible slanted position which inturn may result in the vehicle tipping or rolling over Driving on sand A Warning Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure before driving through sand However if you do so remember to correct the tire inflation pressure before continuing your trip Driving with reduced tire inflation pressure increases the risk of losing control of the vehicle and rolling over When driving on sand observe the following rules e Set the raised level gt page 186 e Avoid high engine speeds e Shift automatic transmission into a gear range that is appropriate for the terrain e In sandy soil drive at a steady speed as conditi
370. ly A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes If you have turned off the air conditioning or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically gt Deactivating Press button EJ The indicator lamp in the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning and air drying are turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the battery voltage Regardless of the temperature and air volume set on the climate control panel an interior temperature is aimed at by 72 F 22 C and the blower runs on low speed to protect the vehicle battery gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button IRJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press b
371. ly To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in Model Cooling system GL 450 GL 550 GL 320 BlueTEC Technical data motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your veh
372. ly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 Tires and wheels The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label if available on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 280 Data shown on Tire and Loading In
373. m the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Locking knob Inside door handle If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 81 gt Front doors Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respective front door to open door If the door was locked locking knob Q will move up gt Rear doors Pull up locking knob i on the respective rear door to unlock door gt Pull on inside door handle on the respective rear door to open door Controls in detail The doors and the tailgate lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand You can deactivate the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 163 cking and unlocking from the inside A Observe Safety notes see page 68 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from inside using the central locking switches
374. maneuvers or in an accident If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at If a third row seat is not engaged properly for the abdomen or neck That could cause a ae P example the message 3rd Row Of Seats serious or even fatal injuries Example button for the right third row seats Right Not Locked appears in the The seat backrest and seat belt provide the Button for returning third row seats to multifunction display gt page 148 best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position gt Press and hold button 2 again until the upright position and the seat belt is Button for folding the third row seats message disappears properly positioned on the body gt Push in the head restraints of the third row Returning seats to their original position Step 1 seats all the way gt page 104 A Warning gt Return third row seats to its original It is only possible to fold the third row Make sure all seats are properly locked in position gt page 236 seats down when the tailgate is open position before driving off Do not drive with gt Remove cargo compartment cover blind seats not properly locked gt page 239 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat not properly locked as this can be dangerous The seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could The cargo compartment is fully extended slide under the seat belt during braking gt Press and hold button
375. mation on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section gt page 425 Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your vehicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Winter driving Snow chains H Vehicles with Adaptive Damping System ADS When driving with snow chains do not select SPORT mode as this may result in damage to your vehicle H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 425 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H if snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body 297 b gt Operation Winter driving or axle co
376. ment cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on Starter switch positions have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 370 H If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged e Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary e Get a jump start To prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation If the SmartKey does not belong to the vehicle the SmartKey can be turned in the starter switch However the ignition does not switch on and the engine does not start Controls in detail Starter switch positions A Observe Safety notes see page 68 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO feature are supplied with a SmartKey with integrated KEYLESS GO function and a removable KEYLESS GO start stop button With the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserted in the starter switch and the SmartKey present in the vehicle pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button e without the brake pedal depressed corresponds to the various starter switch positions gt page 95 e with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 128 If you wish or should t
377. mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Tires and wheels Tire care and maintenance A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 279 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 274 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire b gt Operation Tires and wheels Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon
378. mmediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H if you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Safety systems Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution QSOS Tele Aid One or more main functions of the Tele Aid gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an Inoperative system are malfunctioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center SRS Restraint Sys The system is malfunctioning gt Drive with added caution to the nearest Malfunction authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have Service Required the system checked immediately A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Driving systems Display messages Level Selection Not Permitted Malfunction Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause
379. moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover D Distronic system sensor cover Operation gt Switch off the ignition gt Only clean sensor cover 1 by hand gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a non scratching cloth to clean sensor cover 1 gt Restart the engine after cleaning sensor cover C Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors Parktronic system sensors are located in the front and rear bumper P54 65 3393 31 Parktronic system sensors in front bumper Vehicle care gt Only clean sensors 1
380. move the gear selector lever down past the resistance point to select drive position D Automatic transmission The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 139 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by limiting or extending the gear range The current transmission position appears in the multifunction display Transmission position indicator Controls in detail Automatic transmission If the current transmission position does not appear in the multifunction display due to a malfunction for example make sure that the P automatic transmission is in the desired position gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D gt Do not limit the gear range gt Drive off carefully Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the automatic transmission could remain locked in park position P gt Have the vehicle s electrical system checked as soon as poss
381. mp cleaning system 119 Headlamps Active Bi Xenon headlamps 114 Adjusting aim 394 Automatic headlamp mode 115 BFXENON Seiren ees 114 388 Cleaning lenses 321 Cleaning system 119 Delayed shut off 162 Halogen ceneeekeneenee wane 389 High beam flasher 118 High beam headlamps 118 Low beam headlamps 115 Replacing bulbs 388 SWITCH erene t eisai wrens 115 Headliner cleaning and care of 323 Head restraints 97 Active head restraints 66 385 Adjustin tno ite heeds 99 Heated seats 107 Heated steering wheel 110 Height adjustment SeatS eee 98 Vehicle level control High beam flasher 118 High beam headlamps 118 388 Indicator lamp 35 Replacing bulbs 388 High mounted brake lamp 388 Replacing bulbs 388 Hill start assist system 181 Hinged quarter windows 126 HO0d he ccx teow tcdeieetiaasacecs 267 Messages in the multifunction display as ano aces etesen eet 353 HOOKS 323 hashes ceeat es 234 HOM 2 ccs ecteeee nines pene ase 31 HVAC see Climate control system Hydroplaning 302 Identification labels 421 Identification number vehicle VIN sena Sc ache aerate 421 Ignition 95 97 129 Immobilizer
382. mponents The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESP gt page 77 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehi
383. mum roof load of any add on roof equipment is reduced by the unladen weight of the crossbars 13 7 lbs 6 2 kg Four keys and an Allen wrench required for installing and removing are included with the crossbars The keys and the Allen wrench are stored with the vehicle tool kit under the cargo compartment floor gt page 326 Spare parts are available as Mercedes Benz accessories Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Installing the crossbars A Warning Please follow these installation instructions carefully Caution should be exercised to avoid damage to the vehicle while installing the crossbars Also be careful not to injure yourself or others while installing and adjusting the crossbars or loading items on them Each individual step of the installation instructions the warning notices the general safety precautions and the Loading and storing instructions for use must be followed exactly If the crossbars are not mounted correctly they and the objects attached to them could come loose from your vehicle and cause an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning Every time the crossbars are mounted before you set off on a journey and periodically during longer journeys check all the screws on the crossbars to make sure that they are secure and tighten them if necessary Repeat these checks at regular intervals as
384. n The differential locks will be reactivated as soon as they have cooled down b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages j a a A A Stop vehicle engage parking brake Service Required If parked engage pk brake Max Speed 25 MPH Max Speed 40 MPH Shift briefly into N Possible cause consequence A shifting procedure could not be completed LOW RANGE is in neutral position There is no connection between the engine and the drive wheels The LOW RANGE system is malfunctioning Speed too high for shifting procedure Speed too high for shifting procedure You have reduced engine speed but the automatic transmission is not in neutral position N Possible solution gt Do not attempt to continue driving You could otherwise damage the vehicle s drivetrain gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Perform the shifting procedure again gt page 142 gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Engage the parking brake if parked gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Continue driving more slowly The shifting procedure will be performed gt Continue driving more slowly The shifting procedure will be performed gt Briefly shift automatic transmission to neutral position N Practical hints Vehicle statu
385. n The following is only available in the USA Sign and Drive services Services such as a jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable at no charge If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system Information button gt Open the storage compartment gt page 244 Information button gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the
386. n Oar aak mee nee 88 Messages in the multifunction OiSplay 25 c hssce0sa0 84 weds 353 354 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof 127 Opening and closing the windows 127 Remote control 84 Replacing batteries 386 Restoring to factory setting 85 87 Selective setting 85 87 Starter switch positions 95 KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions 96 Kickdown 2 0000 139 Kilopascal air pressure unit 294 Knee bag 2 s 24 eee reese e heen es 51 Labels Certification 421 Emission control information 422 Lamps exterior Exterior lamp switch 115 FROMt 32 e re 388 Messages in the multifunction CISDIAY 222 2 act tdadeaweugacutes 363 Redi ss Sen dee don sean aie bes 388 Switching on off 115 Lamps indicator and warning ABSiinc dood ae bake ad has 33 371 Battery SmartKey 85 BrakeSic ccc cates eiuewa neds 372 Center console iee 066 bow cee 40 Differential locks 145 Distance warning lamp 174 181 377 Engine malfunction 35 379 EP ee 33 376 FOS laMPSix c44 soe eed sp ones 117 Front passenger front air bag off 40 41 51 381 382 Fuel tank reserve High beam headlamps 35 Instrument cluster Seat belt telltale 35 374 ORO cine aenema geet S 47 375 Turn signals 0 eee 33 Langu
387. n Vehicle Not In Park You have opened the driver s door andthe gt Before you leave the vehicle make sure the automatic transmission is still in drive automatic transmission is in park position P position D reverse gear R or neutral and the parking brake is engaged position N Drive to without shifting The automatic transmission cannot be If the automatic transmission is in drive position workshop gears shifted out of the current transmission D position because of a malfunction gt Without shifting the automatic transmission out of drive position D drive to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the automatic transmission is set to position neutral position N reverse gear Ror park position gt Do not drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Only shift to P when vehicle is at a standstill P Smiri to P or N to start engine Tires Display messages then restart Run Flat Indicator Check tires Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Possible cause consequence You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into park position P although the vehicle was still in motion You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was in reverse gear R or drive position D Possible cause consequence
388. n the multifunction display for 5 seconds Raised Level Compass NE Gd Highway level H Keep in mind that on rough or uneven roads adjusting the vehicle to a lower level may cause the vehicle underbody to come in contact with the road and result in damage to the vehicle underbody Always make sure the vehicle has sufficient ground clearance before adjusting it to a lower level gt Start the engine When indicator lamp 2 is on gt Press switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 flashes The vehicle adjusts to the highway level The following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is being set Controls in detail Driving systems Vehicles with enhanced off road Being lowered Compass package Canada only eo NE Level Driving situation Off road 3 Exclusively for clearing impracticable situations at low speed Lower middle and upper indicator lamps are on The message can be cleared by pressing the Sm i B or BRA button on the multifunction steering wheel Off road 2 Off road driving Lower and middle indicator lamps are on When the highway level is reached indicator lamp 2 goes out and the following message Off road 1 For driving on easy terrain appears in the multifunction display for Rotatable outer adjustment ring Lower indicator lamp is on 5 seconds 2 Set higher vehicle level Highway For normal driving Indicator Indicator
389. n the switch come on The switches for the outboard second row seat heating are located in the rear center console b gt Controls in detail Multifunction steering wheel gt Continue pressing switch C until desired seat heating level is reached gt Switching off Press switch 1 repeatedly until all indicator lamps 2 go out If one or more of the indicator lamps 2 in the seat heating switch 4 are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Multifunction steering wheel A Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving or driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Make sure e you can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e you can move your legs freely e all displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible
390. nattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Multifunction steering wheel With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 114 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 1 When the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when the engine is started Controls in detail Multifunction steering wheel A Warning Let the system complete the ad
391. nctions catalyst damage or engine damage Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection H Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA on
392. nd row seats all the way gt page 104 Strap Seat cushion gt Pull strap in directon of arrow gt Fold seat cushion 2 forward Lever Controls in detail Loading and storing gt Pull and hold lever 3 in direction of arrow Two buttons are located on the right side trim at resistance point of the third row seats The seat backrest folds down gt Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest Example button for the left third row seats Button for returning third row seats to upright position Button for folding the third row seats Folding third row seats electrically It is only possible to fold the third row Use the left button indicated by L to fold seats down when the rear right door is down the left third row seat open Use the right button indicated by R to fold down the right third row seat There are several ways to fold the third row seats Controls in detail Loading and storing Two buttons are located on the passenger side in the cargo compartment vehicle maneuvers or in an accident If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat not properly locked as this can be dangerous The seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle
393. nd the third row seat backrest Belt hook Cargo tie down ring Tightening belt Controls in detail Loading and storing gt Hook belt hook 4 into cargo tie down ring in direction of arrow gt Pull tightening belt by the loose end in direction of arrow until the cargo net is pulled tight gt After driving a short distance make sure the cargo net is still tight and if necessary pull it tight again Loosening the cargo net P ug i Belt hook attached behind the third row seat backrest Buckle Belt hook Cargo tie down ring gt Loosen the tightening belt by pulling buckle upward in direction of arrow gt Remove belt hook 2 from cargo tie down ring 3 Removing and storing the cargo net gt Take cargo net bar 2 out of holder gt page 241 gt Press the red button on the upper and lower cargo net bar gt Fold the cargo net gt Roll up the cargo net gt Close the hook and loop fasteners on the cargo net package Storage compartments A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the cargo compartment if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests If so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo The cargo net cannot secure hard or heavy objects Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy obj
394. nd tires H Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires The GL 320 BlueTEC does not have a spare wheel Model GL 450 GL 550 Rim 4 5Bx 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 58 in 40 mm Minispare tire T 165 90 D19 119M or T 165 90 R19 119M Recommended tire inflation pressure 61 psi 4 2 bar 31 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data Electrical system Electrical system GL 450 GL 550 14V 180A 12V 14kW 12V 95Ah Type NGK PLKR 7A Electrode gap 0 031 in 0 8 mm Tightening torque 15 lb ft 18 Ib ft 20 Nm 25 Nm Technical data Main dimensions Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width exterior rear view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height depending on the set vehicle level Overall vehicle height depending on the set vehicle level vehicles with enhanced off road package Wheelbase Track front Track rear Ground clearance depending on the set vehicle level Ground clearance
395. nditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode is deactivated gt page 206 A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 127 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Deactivating the climate control system A Warning When the climate control system is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Controls in detail Climate control gt Deactivating Press button JJJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button M You can also press button on the climate control p
396. nds the Settings menu reappears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PA The collection of the submenus appears in the multifunction display There are more submenus than can be simultaneously displayed instrument Cluster Time Date N Lighting ee gt Press button EE The selection marker moves to the next submenu gt Scroll down with button EE scroll up with button EJ gt With the selection marker on the desired submenu use button BA to access the individual functions within that submenu gt Once within the submenu use button PM to move to the next function or button E to move to the previous function within that submenu gt Use button or E to change the settings of the respective function The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pages Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 159 e Selecting language gt page 159 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 159 Time Date submenu e Setting the time gt page 160 e Setting the date gt page 160 Lighting submenu e Setting daytime running lam
397. ne Model GL 320 BlueTEC 164 825 GL 450 164 871 GL 550 164 886 Firing order 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2035 mm 2404 mm 2404 mm Notes H Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as the ABS or the ESP Tires specially developed for your Technical data When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics e g winter tires you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise Rims and tires loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with the vehicle For information on recommended tire inflation pressure and supplemental tire inflation pressure information for special driving situations see gt page 279 vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding j e increased fuel co
398. ng indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail To dim instrument cluster illumination Reset button To brighten instrument cluster illumination The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a front door e switch on the ignition e press reset button 2 e switch on the exterior lamps Opening a front door or pressing the reset button without switching on the ignition or the exterior lamps activates the instrument cluster illumination only for 30 seconds Instrument cluster For information on changing the instrument cluster settings e g the language see gt page 158 The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps With the exterior lighting switched on the brightness of the switches in the center console will also be adjusted when using button or gt To brighten illumination Press and hold button 3 until the desired level of illumination is reached gt To dim illumination Press and hold button 4 until the desired level of illumination is reached C
399. ng the spare wheel 398 Preparing the vehicle 398 Spare wheel 398 428 Floormats 0 0005 260 Fluids AdBlue sb ecne te cada cediee eons 433 Automatic transmission fluid 432 Brake flulid 004 433 Capacities eydnan ta 8 axatnands 432 Engine coolant 433 ENZING Ollisecicc ccas oe eee ness 432 Power steering fluid 433 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM i o 0 dais det t Bowie tae eae 434 Fog laAMpSac Foie ees h beth bas Messages in the multifunction display 4 cise rouge kg Replacing bulbs Fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors 2 5 Four wheel drive see All wheel drive 4MATIC Front air bags see Air bags Front axle oil Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front airbag 50 Messages in the multifunction CISA e223 tbc ed Hoek ewnat Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 388 40 41 51 381 382 Front seat head restraints see Head restraints FUG cect ee caren kee eas es 266 299 Additives 20005 437 Capacity fueltank 433 Diesel fuel 0 266 433 Fuel consumption statistics 165 Fuel filler flap and cap 265 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp ee ee ee eee eee 35 378 Premium unleaded gasoline 266 433 435 Refueling erna eiee 265 Requirements 436 Fuel filler flap
400. ng vehicle Your vehicle Distronic activated When the Distronic is activated you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for Driving systems approximately 5 seconds The following display appears in the multifunction display ES Distronic activated Set vehicle speed After approximately 5 seconds the currently set speed appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only DTR XXX Miles e Canada only DTR XXX km h a cei ee 300 200 100 0 OFt Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the Distronic Activating the Distronic or resuming to the last set speed Activating Distronic You can activate the Distronic when the vehicle speed is between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h When the Distronic is activated one or two cruise control speed segments around the set speed in the speedometer dial are illuminated The multifunction display will show a message such as DISTRONIC 55 MPH Canada DISTRONIC 90 km h 176 After approximately 5 seconds the currently set speed appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g DTR 55 Miles e Canada only e g DIR 90 km h If the Distronic is not activated after the cruise control l
401. ning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when gt Lower tailgate by pulling firmly on handles small children are around When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take A minimum height clearance of 7 40 ft 2 25 m is required to open the tailgate Handles Opening the tailgate from the outside gt Close tailgate with hands placed flat on it it with you and lock the vehicle Do not Once the tailgate touches the latch the leave children unattended in the vehicle or tailgate will pull itself shut automatically with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle Opening the tailgate from the inside could result in an accident and or serious with handle personal injury A Warning Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children could open the tailgate from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Handle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking H Always make sure there is sufficient relock automatically if the vehicle was In vehicles with power tailgate you can overhead clearance ea the tailgate was released from open and close the tailgate from the inside You can unlock the tailgate from the third row the Inside and the outside electrically seats and then open it man
402. nocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved product s Follow directions on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation H Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited warranties AdBlue AdBlue is a non flammable non toxic colorless and odorless water soluble liquid H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not blend with additives H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue or remove AdBlue with a moist cloth and cold water immediately If AdBlue has crystallized already use cold water and a sponge AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc High ambient temperatures If AdBlue in the reservoir heats up to above 122 F 50 C for a long period of time for example due to dire
403. nroof The tilt sliding sunroof could otherwise be damaged when it is raised P77 40 2079 31 O Key Cover cap Sticker FRONT or REAR Screw for clamping claw Clamping claw The front and rear crossbars are of different lengths Please pay close attention to stickers FRONT and REAR on the crossbars gt Unlock cover cap 2 with key 4 gt Remove cover cap 2 Sticker 8 indicating the location FRONT or REAR becomes visible gt Turn screw 4 counterclockwise with the included Allen wrench until clamping claw is wide open Front crossbar Rear crossbar Gaps Markings Controls in detail Roof rails gt Place front crossbar between markings on roof rails 0 Markings are located on the inside of each roof rail indicated by the white lines in the illustration Screw for clamping claw Clamping claw Roof rail Loading and storing gt Make sure clamping claw 6 lies flush against the inside of roof rail 0 as shown in the illustration If necessary adjust clamping width of crossbar gt page 232 gt Slightly tighten screw on both sides by turning it clockwise gt Place rear crossbar 7 on roof rails 0 in such a way that the clamping claws reach into gaps 8 gt page 231 on the roof rails gt Make sure clamping claw 6 lies flush against the inside of roof rail 0 as shown in the illustration gt page 231 I
404. nsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Depending on the programmed speed actual vehicle speed and gradient switching on the DSR while driving can cause the vehicle to slow down rapidly and you may hear a sound which is caused by the activation of the vehicle s brake system through the DSR Sudden and unexpected deceleration can result in loss of vehicle control causing an accident and or serious personal injury to you and others Do not switch on the DSR ina circumstance where rapid deceleration could result in a loss of vehicle control For more information see Off road driving gt page 303 The DSR is an aid for driving downhill The DSR regulates your vehicle s speed when driving downhill to the value set in the control system gt page 165 The steeper the downhill gradient is the greater the brake application On flat road surfaces the DSR brakes only slightly or not at all The DSR regulates the vehicle s speed in automatic transmission positions D or R In addition make use of the engine s braking effect by shifting the automatic transmission into a lower gear You can drive slower or faster than the set speed at any time by braking the vehicle or depressing the accelerator pedal Whenever the DSR is switched on the DSR will use the programmed default speed to regulate the vehicle s speed The default speed programmed at the factory is 4 mph Canada 6 km h The de
405. nstallation If the indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired lamp Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on availability With the special child seat installed properly the front passenger front air bag will not deploy The indicator lamp will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 The system does not deactivate the side impact air bag the window curtain air bag and the Emergency Tensioning Device ETD Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the passenger seat More information can be found in the Practical hints section gt page 332 A Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passe
406. nsumption the following on the tire s sidewall The following pages also list the approved e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see the Practical hints section gt page 403 Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Equipping your vehicle with winter tires app
407. nt toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child b gt Safety and security Occupant safety Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat USA only Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat USA only For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Always make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz
408. nt fog lamp gt Insert a suitable object e g a screwdriver at point indicated by the arrow and pry out cover i Cover Q is released gt Swing cover C outwards and take it off Replacing bulbs Accessing and replacing the front fog lamp bulb Front fog lamp Retaining screws gt Remove retaining screws 2 gt Remove front fog lamp C from the bumper gt Pull electrical connector off Practical hints Replacing bulbs P82 10 4936 31 Bulb socket for front fog lamp bulb gt Turn bulb socket 3 with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 3 gt Gently press the new bulb into bulb socket gt Place bulb socket back into the housing and turn it clockwise until it engages gt Plug in the electrical connector gt Insert front fog lamp C into bumper gt Fasten retaining screws 2 gt Reinsert the cover and press it in until it engages gt Turn lock Q by 90 in direction of the arrow Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position gt Remove cover 2 Tail lamp unit To access the tail lamp units you first have to remove the cover in the corresponding side trim panel of the cargo compartment gt Open the tailgate Lock Opening the driver s side trim panel Storage compartment
409. nt passenger side front air bag 2 deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 53 Vehicles with OCS USA only The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of front air bag 2 The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deployed in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration Safety and security exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The front passenger front air bag 2 will only be deployed if e vehicles with OCS USA only the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied e the indicator lamp in the center console is not lit USA only gt page 56 Canada only gt page 58 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold H Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Knee bag The knee bag 3 is located on the
410. nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Operation Tires and wheels Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 in 1 6 mm of tread remains TWR Tongue Weight Rating Maximum permissible weight on trailer tongue Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked
411. o a non critical speed that allows the vehicle trailer combination to stabilize The ESP trailer stabilization is functional at vehicle speeds above approximately 40 mph 65 km h when the ESP is switched on A Warning The system will not be able to assist when the trailer jackknifes if the ESP has switched off due to a malfunction e on wet or icy roads e on roads with slippery surface e in sand or gravel Trailers with a high center of gravity may tip over before the system recognizes swaying of the trailer Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt With SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the tailgate e the hood
412. o not replace the LEDs yourself You could otherwise damage the LEDs or parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 17 Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D1S 35 W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for front lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ gt Open the hood gt page 267 P82 10 4951 31 Housing cover for low beam halogen or Bi Xenon headlamp Housing cover for high beam halogen bulb high beam and high beam flasher Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp bulb Bulb socket for front turn signal lamp bulb Bulb socket for side marker lamp bulb A Warning Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is recommended to have such work done by a qualified technician Low beam bulb halogen headlamps only P82 10 4952 31 Bulb socket for low beam headlamp gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket with the bulb counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Gently press th
413. o rule out interference from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Rear view camera A Warning The rear view camera is only an aid and may display obstacles from a distorted perspective or inaccurately or may not display obstacles at all The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the tailgate handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others Driving systems A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured A Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the tailgate is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera is exposed to a very bright white light e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the display may flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensati
414. ode Low beam headlamps 115 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 294 Maximum load rating tires 294 Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure 295 Mechanical key 384 Media interface 242 Memory function 113 Menus see Control system menus Minispare wheel see Spare wheel Mirrors Auto dimming rear view mirrors 112 Exterior rear view mirrors 111 Interior rear view mirror 111 Memory function 113 MOExtended system 403 MOExtended tires 403 425 MON Motor Octane Number 266 436 Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seats 106 Multifunction display 150 Symbol messages 346 Text messageS 5 332 Vehicle status messages 330 Multifunction display messages AB Sie i nie ee anes 4 332 347 Active headlamps 363 Air DABS 62 o26 oes econ nnn nnnaga 335 Airfilter 0 0 0 eee eee eee 362 Air suspension program 349 Alternator 0000 360 Automatic transmission ee er ere 343 344 Battery 1 2032 reent one 360 Braketluid icccice bee heee hes 347 Brak padS secccdeddeds os baa 346 Coolant 356 357 359 Corner illuminating front fog IAMPS 2 6 5654 seesaw eedecesees 366 Cruise Control 5 52 05 ee ede es des 340 Differential locks 146 351 Display malfunction 3
415. of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the air conditioning cannot be activated again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired temperature gt page 207 gt Activating Press button M The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically The settings for the passenger side are also used for the rear passenger compartment gt Deactivating Press button or EJ The indicator lamp in button QA goes out The automatic operation of air volume switches off The selected blower speed is shown in air volume display i gt page 202 or gt Press air distribution button KJ3J EJ or EA The indicator lamp in button QA goes out The automatic operation of air distribution switches off Setting the temper
416. off road gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h level 3 The message reminds you of the maximum speed at which you may drive with off road level 3 The vehicle is being lowered from off road gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph level 3 to off road level 2 20 km h until the off road level 2 is reached Display messages can Reduce speed to d under 12 MPH Locking System Inoperative Service Required Diff Lock System Overheated Wait briefly Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence You are driving too fast for the set vehicle level Z Warning Adapt your driving style to the modified driving conditions Avoid extreme quick steering maneuvers Please keep in mind that the driving characteristics of the vehicle have been modified You should therefore drive in off road level 3 with particular caution as it could otherwise lead to an accident and or serious injury to you or others The differential locks are malfunctioning The differential locks are too hot and have been deactivated as a result Possible solution gt Do not drive faster than 12 mph 20 km h until the off road level 2 is reached gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Continue driving with added caution The lock function is unavailable gt Wait for the lock system to cool dow
417. ogether with Electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system e To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the tailgate e If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function e If the SmartKey is positioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e Ifthe SmartKey is removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the lock button on an outside door handle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display with the engine running the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket e If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserting the SmartKey into the starter switch when the vehicle is at a standstill and t
418. olling over never turn it around on steep inclines If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear Operation A Warning Sand dirt mud and other material having friction property can cause exceptional wear and tear as well as brake failure Have the brakes checked for dirt build up and cleaned There is otherwise a risk that full braking power may not be available in an emergency A Warning Please be aware that by raising the vehicle level the center of gravity also rises Therefore always ensure that the vehicle level is as low as possible With higher ride height the ESP may activate earlier in certain situations Driving instructions Special driving features for off road driving The following driving features are available for specific kind of operation e Off road ABS gt page 77 Off road ESP gt page 80 e Off road 4 ETS gt page 78 e Hill start assist system gt page 139 e LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 e Differential locks gt page 144 e Downhill Speed Regulation DSR gt page 182 e Off road driving program Vehicles without enhanced off road package gt page 185 Do not drive along the side of a slope The vehicle might otherwise rollover If in doing so the vehicle begins to show a tendency to roll immediately steer into a line of gravity straight up or downhill Never let the vehicle roll backwards in idle You may lose control of the v
419. olt Towing eye bolt Wheel wrench Reversible ratchet for jack Hook and loop fastener Jack Spare wheel bolts Collapsible wheel chock Fuse chart Storage well casing gt To remove jack loosen hook and loop fastener Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to secure the vehicle e g while changing a wheel gt Take the collapsible wheel chock from the vehicle tool kit gt page 326 ws amp D A P40 10 4687 31 Tilt the plates upward Fold the lower plate outward Insert the plate Practical hints gt Setting up Tilt both plates upward Q gt Fold the lower plate outward 2 gt Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way into the openings of base plate 3 For information on where to place wheel chocks when changing a wheel see Lifting the vehicle gt page 398 P40 10 5088 31 Jack A Warning Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is designed only for the purpose of changing a wheel When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel section and the notes on the jack Storage position gt Take the reversible ratchet from the vehicle tool kit gt Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt page 326 P40 10 5089 31 Operational position
420. om the fuel container could clog the fuel lines and or the diesel injection system H Diesel engine The engine is more susceptible to wear and damage if you use e marine diesel fuel heating oil e additives The exhaust aftertreatment device will be seriously damaged if you use any other diesel fuel than ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM The use of such non approved fuels and or special additives is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation At the gas station Gasoline engine Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gasoline engine gt page 435 see Fuel requirements gt page 436 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Information on diesel quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on diesel fuels see Fuel requirements gt page 436 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa
421. on e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged b gt Controls in detail Driving systems In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering The rear view camera is an optical parking aid It shows you the area behind the vehicle in the COMAND system display when reverse gear Ris engaged for example during parallel parking Rear view camera gt Switching on Switch on the ignition gt Switch on the COMAND system gt Shift the automatic transmission to reverse gear R The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND system display as a mirror image like in the rear view mirror The image from the rear view camera will no longer be displayed if you select another function on the COMAND system while reverse gear R is engaged To display the image again disengage and reengage reverse gear R gt Switching off Shift the automatic transmission into park position P neutral position N or drive position D Controls in detail Overview of climate control system functions and air vents
422. onfiguration P54 32 6100 31 Controls in detail Control system The headings used in the menus table are gt Press button PAN or R to select the Function designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not necessarily identical to those shown in the multifunction display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Function Standard display menu gt page 152 Audio DVD menu gt page 153 Navigation menu gt page 155 Off road menu gt page 155 Distronic menu gt page 156 Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 156 0000 Settings menu gt page 157 Vehicle configuration menu gt page 164 Trip computer menu gt page 165 Telephone menu gt page 167 Standard display menu In the standard display the main odometer and the trip odometer appear in the multifunction display Standard o Trip odometer Main odometer gt If you see another display press button or repeatedly until the standard display appears 8 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored functions in the Standard display menu The following functions are available e Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 281 e Checking coolant temperature gt page 152 e Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 153 e Calling up
423. onfirm locking Vehicles without KEYLESS GO Tailgate closing switch 2702 31 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Tailgate closing switch gt Press tailgate closing switch briefly or press and hold button on the SmartKey The tailgate closes Depending on production date an acoustic warning sounds when the tailgate closes If the tailgate comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the tailgate reopens Closing the tailgate and locking the vehicle from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO A Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the cargo compartment opening when closing the tailgate Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following Controls in detail e Press button on the SmartKey e Press or pull the remote tailgate opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the tailgate closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch In vehicles with power tailgate and KEYLESS GO you can close the tailgate and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch fo O 8 2703 31 KEYLESS GO locking closing
424. ons Cleaning ee onc 6e6e seca Compartment Malfunction indicator lamp Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY sn nan cmewe orren rne hats 356 Number ccc es eee dee ead 422 Statins e oieee R E Shares 128 Technical datas ciscarsesrss 423 TUPI S OFF a ssn0s oieceeie arate eteere ats 133 Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil Adding sews hnerbees tote ee as 270 Additives 000055 435 Checking level 269 COnSUMPLION aicoecee area dees 269 Messages in the multifunction diSplaycieSseie05045s554 55 50 361 Oil dipstick 00 0 008 269 Recommended engine oils and oil MITET oaeee ers ee geonectrae ae 434 ESP Electronic Stability Program 77 AETS is ceded ceed ea a 78 Messages in the multifunction display c 555 0005s4e00 333 347 Off road ESP 00 80 Trailer stabilization 80 Warning lamp 376 ETD Emergency Tensioning Device oi65 ee e coats 64 Safety guidelines 49 Express operation Power windows 124 Tilt sliding sunroof 224 Exterior lamp switch 115 Exterior rear view mirrors 111 Fold in function 164 Power folding co 05 cease et tes 112 Exterior view of vehicle 28 Sees Fastening the seat belts 61 First aid kit 326 Flat tirei oc ecb eed einen s 397 Lowering the vehicle 402 Mounti
425. ons permit This helps overcome the vehicle rolling resistance and reduce the likelihood of the vehicle sinking into the ground e Drive in tracks of other vehicles if they are not too deep and you have sufficient clearance Ruts A number of off road tracks or other byways have deep ruts which can cause the underbody to come in contact with the ground e Make sure the off road driving program gt page 185 or if equipped the LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 is switched on e Set the raised level gt page 186 H Check that the ruts are not too deep and your vehicle s clearance is sufficient Otherwise e your vehicle may be damaged e the underbody of the vehicle may come in contact with the ground and you may get stuck e Avoid high engine speeds e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 139 e Drive next to the ruts rather than through them if at all possible e If the ruts are too deep to drive in drive with one side of the vehicle on the grassy center strip if the route permits Returning from off road driving A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tire
426. ontrols in detail Control system gt Make sure you are viewing the standard display gt page 152 in the multifunction display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 147 until the trip odometer is reset The red marking on the tachometer gt page 35 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Control system The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 1 gt page 95 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m
427. ope angle of 45 Keep in mind that the Driving instructions climbing ability of the vehicle depends on terrain conditions e Shift automatic transmission into gear range 1 gt page 139 e Drive slowly e Avoid excessive engine speeds drive with moderate engine speeds max 3000 rpm e Utilize the engine s braking power when descending a slope observe the engine speed do not overrev the engine Apply the service brake as needed For maximum engine speed see Instrument cluster gt page 32 and see Engine gt page 423 e Check the brakes after a lengthy downgrade drive A Warning Never turn the vehicle around on steep inclines The vehicle might roll over If the vehicle cannot complete the attempted climb back it down in reverse gear The hill start assist system supports you when driving uphill For more information see Hill start assist system gt page 139 Operation Driving instructions Traction in steep terrain The maximum vehicle climbing ability is a 100 grade which is equivalent to a slope angle of 45 Keep in mind that the climbing ability of the vehicle depends on terrain conditions Be easy on the accelerator and watch for continuous wheel traction when driving in steep terrain The 4 ETS helps greatly when starting out on a steep incline when the front wheels have then the tendency to slip due to the weight shifting towards the rear axl
428. opening height of tailgate You can limit the opening height of the tailgate in the upper opening range This can be useful for example when the space above the tailgate is not sufficient Activating gt Open tailgate Pull on handle gt page 90 or press and hold button on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens gt Stop opening procedure When the tailgate is in the desired position press tailgate closing switch gt page 93 or press button on the SmartKey once more You can also press or pull the remote tailgate switch gt page 94 to stop the opening procedure gt Press and hold the tailgate closing switch in the tailgate gt page 93 until you hear a short acoustic signal The opening height of the tailgate is limited The tailgate will now stop at the stored position when opened Deactivating gt Press and hold the tailgate closing switch in the tailgate until you hear two short consecutive acoustic signals Controls in detail Starter switch positions page 68 Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical consumers e g radio 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition all lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instru
429. or checks the set pressure values for all four tires Tires and wheels gt If you wish to cancel Press button or gt Wait until the message Restart Run Flat Indicator disappears Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires are significantly b gt Operation Tires and wheels underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e If the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placa
430. or clamping claw Clamping claw Screws for adjusting clamping width 2 in total for each side Cover strip gt Pull cover strip out of groove until you see screws 11 on each end of the crossbar gt Turn screws ti on both sides counterclockwise approximately 2 rotations gt Place the crossbar at designated locations gt page 231 on roof rails gt On both sides make sure the clamping claws lie flush against the roof rails If necessary pull out or push in the clamping claws 5 gt Tighten screws ii Observe a tightening torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm The width of the clamping claws is correctly adjusted Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after mounting the crossbars The screws could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 4 lb ft 6 Nm gt Press cover strip piece by piece into groove of crossbar gt Install the crossbars as described gt page 229 Removing the crossbars 77 40 2079 31 Key Cover cap Sticker FRONT or REAR Screw for clamping claw Clamping claw gt Unlock cover cap 2 with key 4 gt Remove cover cap 2 gt Turn screws for clamping claws counterclockwise until the crossbars can be lifted from the roof rails Shortening the cover strip The cover strips reduce the wind noise caused by the crossbars In order to install add on roof equipment it may be necessary to shorten the cover strips
431. osition gt page 98 gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged underneath behind or around the seat Such forces may cause the system to sense that an occupant of a lesser weight than actually present is on the front passenger seat gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the indicator lamp in the center console gt page 56 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 32 for the following Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 53 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS th
432. oth hands and find lower edge of the head restraint gt Adjust the head restraint to the desired position by pushing or pulling on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion S5 This feature allows for easier access toand Easy entry lever exit from the vehicle s third row seats Z Warning To help avoid personal injury the second row seat backrests must be properly locked either in the upright position or when using the expanded cargo volume in the fully folded position while the vehicle is in motion H Make sure the head restraint is pushed all the way down gt Pull and hold easy entry lever 4 in direction of arrow at resistance point The seat backrest folds forward Easy entry feature for third row seats The lever for the easy entry feature is located on the rear of the seat base of the passenger side second row seat Easy entry lever gt Pull and hold easy entry lever 1 once again in direction of arrow at resistance point gt Lift up the right second row seat until it folds forward You should now have sufficient space to access the vehicle s third row seat Vehicles with memory function The front passenger seat moved slightly forward Controls in detail Easy entry exit position While the easy entry feature is activated you will see for example the following message in the multifunction display 2nd Row Of Seats Right Not Locked gt Return seat into its ori
433. p mode USA only gt page 161 e Setting locator lighting gt page 161 e Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature gt page 162 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 162 Vehicle submenu e Setting automatic cental locking gt page 163 Comfort submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 163 e Setting fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors gt page 164 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instrument Cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instrument Cluster submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 159 e Selecting language gt page 159 e Selecting display digital speedometer or outside temperature for status indicator gt page 159 Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button PAN or E repeatedly until the message Display Unit Digital Speedometer appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Display Unit Digital Speedometer Km Miles Controls in detail gt Press button or E to set speedometer unit to Km or Miles Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press button PAN or
434. passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened Problem Possible cause consequence EGS The red SRS indicator There is a malfunction in the lamp comes on while driving Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident restraint systems The air bags or Suggested solutions gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Problem The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is running Possible cause consequence The ESP has been switched off Risk of accident When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel is spinning The ESP is not operational due to a malfunction Risk of accident Suggested solutions gt Switch the ESP b
435. pecial trim Operation PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar and provides best handling tread life and riding comfort If so equipped supplemental information pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in Tires and wheels recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel
436. pen a window slightly Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Raising gt Rasing manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 4 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 4 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 3 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding sunroof completely pull the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 8 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding sunroof with greater force or without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly However the tilt sliding sunroof will exert greater force before reversing than when the tilt sliding sunroof is closed in expre
437. peration 0000 Synchronizing Power washer Power windows CLG AMINE e ronas ganak Petes Door windows Hinged quarter windows Operation s c cteneeeaeapa abe bs Rear door window Blocking OPERATION 2 perian de ed aa SYNCHONIZING ci escaeeaseaeeds Practical hints Preglow indicator lamp PRE SAFE 2 0000 Messages in the multifunction displi ance caseeene sews aie Problems While driving 4 With vehicle 24 Product information Production options weight Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit Push start see Tow start Radio Selecting stations 154 Radio transmitters 314 Rear axle oil 432 Rear doors Child safety locks 73 Rear door window Blocking operation 74 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seats see Seats Rear view camera 197 cleaning the lens 321 Rear window defroster 223 Rear window wiper washer 123 Recommended tire inflation pressure 279 295 Recovery services Stolen vehicle Tele Aid 05 256 Refilling ARABIC Os 5 E E AE 405 Refrigerant air conditioning 435 Refueling 0 265 Regular chec
438. placing wiper blades Safety notes A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Warning Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be properly wiped As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Never open the hood when a front wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield or the rear window Replacing wiper blades Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass or the rear window without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 gt page 96 Removing wiper blades Front wiper blades H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they engage Practical hints Replacing wiper blades
439. pright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or Safety and security Occupant safety booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear b gt Safety and security Occupant safety facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a BabySmart compatible rear facing
440. r items from on and around the front passenger seat and make sure the parcel net on the back of the front passenger seat is empty gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Monitor the indicator lamp in the center console gt page 56 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 32 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 53 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multi
441. r lamp stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button 3 or is pressed and released b gt 257 Controls in detail Useful features If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the fol
442. r tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap 2 clockwise until it audibly engages Make sure to close the fuel filler flap before locking your vehicle as the flap locking pin prevents closing after you have locked the vehicle gt Close fuel filler flap Low outside temperatures diesel engine H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer Operation Check regularly and before a long trip For information on quantities and requirements of operating agents see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 432 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 269 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 28 1 e Coolant level gt page 271 e Vehicle lighting gt page 388 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 271 e Brake fluid Engine compartment Engine compartment Hood Z Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening A Warning If you see
443. r wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel Operation Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle 2 The certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar It tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo
444. radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or Driving systems altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic displays in the speedometer PS4 32 5569 3 ps4325568531 Set speed Set speed Cruise control speed segments If the Distronic is activated one or two cruise Speed of the vehicleahead control speed segments come on around the If the Distronic detects a vehicle directly set speed ahead the cruise control speed segments 2 appear in the speedometer These segments represent the difference between the set speed of your vehicle 1 and the speed of the pre
445. ransmission is in park position P The gear position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt Do not depress the accelerator gt f necessary remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 for at least 10 seconds gt Return the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 40 seconds or until the engine runs surge free If the engine does not start gt Wait for approximately 2 minutes gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 40 seconds or until the engine runs surge free If the engine still does not start do not make any further attempts to start the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt page 253 When the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster has been illuminated for the above condition it will remain illuminated until the engine was cycled on and off four times in a row Practical hints AdBlue diesel engine only AdBlue diesel engine only For refilling outside the maintenance The BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system requires a reducing agent AdBlue in order to function properly Refilling with AdBlue is part of the regular maintenance service
446. rate This could lead to accidents and injury H Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not Controls in detail covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter gasoline engine or oxidation catalyst diesel engine to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission Button for selecting park position P P Park position Reverse gear Neutral position R N D Drive position Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmi
447. ration gt Opening Briefly press cover 2 gt Removing ashtray insert Grab ashtray insert C on the sides and pull it out upwards Cigarette lighter Ifthe engine is off and the cigarette lighter is being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged Power outlets You can use the power outlets even if the ignition is switched off An emergency shut off feature is designed to prevent the vehicle s on board voltage from dropping below a minimum level If the on board voltage drops to this minimum level the power outlets are automatically switched off to help preserve engine starting power 12V Power outlets H If you use all power outlets in the vehicle make sure that the maximum current drawn does not exceed 55 A H The power outlets in the passenger footwell and cargo compartment are not designed for use with the electric air pump Use the power outlet in the second row footwell for electric air pump operation The power outlets can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories e g mobile phone chargers auxiliary lamps up to a maximum of 20 A 240 W If the engine is off and the power outlets are being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged 12 V MAX 20A Power outlet in front passenger footwell jpn mie tame praan el 12 V MAX 20A Power outlet in second row footwell Controls in detail Useful features Power
448. rd or if available on the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires Asan added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fu
449. re are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags window curtain air bags for side windows Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs seat belt force lim
450. re to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Maintenance Maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is due Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Service A In XXXX Miles km Service A In XXX Days Service A In X Day Service A Due Now F Service A In 2730 Miles The maintenance services will be indicated by showing a service type A through type H in the multifunction display Types A through H are classified based on estimated time needed to perform the maintenance service ranging from Service A approximately 1 hour to Service H approximately 8 hours Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of maintenance services and intervals they need to be performed at Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message is cleared automatically e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service threshold while driving e after
451. red wheels in a vehicle to turn at different speeds makes this essential function possible The drawback is that the differential also sends most of the engine s power to the wheel with the least load or strain on it For example if one of a vehicle s powered wheels sits on a patch of snow and spins because there is no traction all of the engine s power will go to that wheel because the power will take the path of least resistance Meanwhile the opposite wheel sitting on dry pavement where it could get enough grip to start the vehicle moving sits idle because it receives no power The 4 ETS addresses this problem and provides for good control and steering ability by automatically slowing the slipping wheel and thus increasing the power to the other non slipping drive wheels to get the vehicle moving The ESP and the 4 ETS in this vehicle feature such intelligent limited slip differential technology ideally suited for on road and light off road driving Transfer case position LOW gt page 142 also enhances off road driving capabilities More extreme off road conditions may call for another solution engaging a differential lock or preventing the differential from operating altogether This vehicle comes with two differential locks transfer case center and rear Each can be engaged simply by operating the rotary switch located on the center console gt page 145 When the transfer case center differential is lock
452. repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the battery of another vehicle Observe the following e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running The jump start contacts are located in the engine compartment on the passenger side 19 Vehicles with gasoline engine only Practical hints Negative terminal Positive terminal Positive terminal cover gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park posit
453. rer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 272 Tire size Code 3 indicates the tire size Tire type code Tire type code 4 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Operation Tires and wheels The maximum tire load is the maximum p weight the tires are designed to support A Warning For more information on tire load rating see Do not overload the tires by exceeding the gt page 288 specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure A Warning Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire pressure inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to
454. ress button AJ or R repeatedly until the message Range appears in the multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level appears in the multifunction display If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump appears instead of the remaining driving range Range 265m Telephone menu A Warning Adriver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Controls in detail You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see separate COMAND system operatin
455. revent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death P68 00 4957 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Hand held remote control not part of vehicle equipment Controls in detail Hand held remote control button Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons
456. reverse The front fog lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating front fog lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating front fog lamp remains lit for a maximum of 3 minutes Afterward it goes out even if the turn signal is still switched on Controls in detail Lighting Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating front fog lamps go out P54 25 6389 31 Left front reading lamp on off Rear interior lighting on off Automatic control on off Front interior lighting on off Right front reading lamp on off Front interior lighting Front reading lamps Front interior lighting gt Activating Press button Ea Button disengages and sits flush with the other buttons The interior lighting and the locator lighting gt page 161 come on in darkness when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter swi
457. rged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the following gt Press button or E on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the adjustment button on your COMAND system Controls in detail Useful features System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warning If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on during the system self test or if any of these indicators remain illuminated constantly in red and or the message Tele Aid Inoperative is displayed in the multifunction display after the system self test a malfunction in the system has been detected If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 90 18 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Emergency calls H In order to
458. riving program vehicles without enhanced off road package e Air suspension program Adaptive Damping System ADS and vehicle level control e Parktronic system e Rear view camera Vehicles with enhanced off road package For information on LOW RANGE mode see LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 and for information on differential locks see Differential locks gt page 144 The ABS BAS EBP ESP and 4 ETS driving safety systems are described in the Safety and security section gt page 75 Cruise control The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g Cruise 55 Miles e Canada only e g 90 Km h The cruise control should not be activated during off road driving A Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy Controls in detail Driving systems traffi
459. rly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when
460. road surface conditions dictate and at least after every 1500 miles 2500 km of continuous use Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle Do not use lubricant on the screws of the crossbars The screws could work loose and the crossbars could become detached bb Controls in detail Loading and storing from your vehicle together with the objects attached to them causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning Only install the crossbars at the exact locations designated on the roof rails The designated locations for the front crossbars are between the markings engraved on the inside of the roof rails The designated locations for the rear crossbars are between the gaps on the roof rails Otherwise the crossbars mounted accessories and the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle causing an accident thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle A Warning A roof load creates a greater surface area exposed to the wind and causes the vehicle to have a higher center of gravity thereby changing the vehicle s driving characteristics Accordingly
461. roved for your vehicle model may require the purchase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires This depends on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Rims and tires Same size tires Model GL 450 GL 320 BlueTEC Rims light alloy 8 5Jx 19 H2 8 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm 2 20 in 56 mm All season tires 275 55 R19 111H M S24 Winter tires2 25 265 55 R19 109H M S A 265 55 R19 109H M S A 26 All terrain tires23 25 275 55 R19 111H M S24 275 55 R19 111H M S2426 Rims light alloy 8 5 x 20 H2 8 5 x 20 H2 Wheel offset 2 20 in 56 mm 2 20 in 56 mm Summer tires 275 50 R20 109W 4 All season tires 275 50 R20 109H M S MOExtended 47 23 Radial ply tires 24 Must not be used with snow chains 25 Not available as factory equipment 26 Standard tire without run flat characteristics Equipping vehicle with TIREFIT is strongly recommended 27 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles or Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles only GL 450 GL 550 10Jx21H2 1 46 in 37 mm 295 40 R21 111V XL Extra Load M S 28 Radial ply tires 29 Must not be used with snow chains 30 Not available as factory equipment Technical data Rims and tires Technical data Rims a
462. rovide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 115V AC Socket 3 zone automatic climate control see Climate control system 4 ETS Electronic Traction System 4MATIC see All wheel drive 4MATIC 249 78 ABS Antilock Brake System Indicator lamp Messages in the multifunction display veseeeessdeoas Accessory weight Accidents 04 Active head restraints Air bag deployment Distance warning function Emergency calls Tele Aid Active Bi Xenon headlamps Messages in the multifunction display 2csascoeeetesy oe ee ee ot see Headlamps Active head restraints RESCHING iinne rare Adaptive Damping
463. rtKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting goes out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will go out automatically after approximately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Surround Lighting Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Controls in detail Control system gt Press button or B to switch the locator lighting function On or Off e Side marker lamps Surround Lighting e Front fog lamps Function If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Headlamp Delayed Shut off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position MA when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activated Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off feature Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to remain on for 15 seconds during dar
464. rting cargo while the rear seats are unoccupied fasten the outer seat belts crosswise into the opposite side buckles The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects The expanded cargo volume gt page 235 should only be used for items which do not fit in the cargo compartment alone For information about further carriers contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Only use carriers when the crossbars have been completely mounted The left and right roof rails are only stabilized by means of the crossbars mounted Follow the manufacturer s installation instructions Otherwise an improperly attached carrier or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 198 Ib 90 kg Take into consideration that when the roof is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicles without a roof loaded Make sure e you can open the tailgate completely e you can raise the tilt sliding sunroof at the rear completely The following accessories are available for your Mercedes Benz e Roof Cargo Container Small Medium or Large e Ski and Snowboard Carrier Standard e Ski and Snowboard Carrier Deluxe Only in connection with corresponding adapter For more information on Mercedes Benz accessories contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Roof rails Controls in detail Crossbars The maxi
465. running and you e shift from a driving position to neutral position N or park position P with the vehicle at a standstill the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position Et the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps come on e turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 115 USA only With the exterior lamp switch in position EJ you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position or ECE to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position BJA or EJ the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 115 Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position REA To switch on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamp switch to position first A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Controls in detail Switching from ER to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient li
466. s appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Off road driving increases strain on the vehicle We recommend that you inspect the vehicle for possible damage after each off road trip Recognizing any damage and a subsequent timely repair reduces the chance of a possible breakdown or accident later on Proceed as follows e Switch off the off road driving program gt page 185 or the LOW RANGE mode gt page 142 e Switch off the DSR gt page 182 Set the differential locks to AUTO gt page 145 e Lower the vehicle back to a level suitable for road conditions e g highway high speed level gt page 186 e Clean all exterior lamps and check for possible damage e Clean the front and rear license plate Operation Driving instructions e Remove excessive dirt from tires wheels wheel housings and underbody For instance after driving in mud clean the radiator chassis engine brakes and wheels from extreme dirt using a strong jet of water e Check tires for possible damage e Inspect vehicle underbody oil pan brake hoses etc as well as vehicle underbody for possible damage e Check for brush or branches caught in the underbody H Brush or branches could increase the possibility of a fire as well as cut fuel and or brake lines puncture rubber bellows of the axles or drive shafts e After continued operation in mud
467. s from memory gt page 114 For information on how to fold down the second row seats completely see Expanding cargo volume gt page 235 Returning second row seats to their original position A Warning When occupants have entered or exited the vehicle using the easy entry exit feature before driving off make sure e the seats are properly locked e the seat backrests are in an upright position and are properly locked If a seat and seat backrest are not properly locked the seat could move forward and the seat backrest could fold You could slide under the seat belt during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries gt Fold seat back until it audibly engages gt Fold seat backrest back into original position until it engages To make sure the seat backrest has engaged lean firmly against the seat backrest Emergency exit for third row seats If due to an accident or other situation it is not possible for you to exit the vehicle on the side of the easy entry seat gt page 100 you can fold the left side of the seat backrest in the second row of seats down in order to open the left rear door Emergency release Seat backrest H Make sure the head restraint is pushed all the way down gt Pull emergency release Q in the direction of arrow gt Push s
468. s reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking system engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic door lock feature can be deactivated gt page 163 Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the Controls in detail Driving and parking vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever can now be used gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down but the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shifting to occur gt Wait for the ge
469. s and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the Safety and security indicator lamp not to come on during self test or be continuously lit indicating that the system is not functioning A Warning The BabySmart air bag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness off the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Occupant safety Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children
470. s are opened and closed electrically The switches for all door windows and the hinged quarter windows are located on the driver s door control panel The switches for the respective door windows are located on the front passenger door and the rear doors The hinged quarter windows can be operated from the driver s seat only Operating the rear door windows from the rear is not possible when you activate the override switch gt page 74 Vehicles equipped with the PRE SAFE system If the vehicle is in a severe skid or is spinning the door windows close until only a small gap remains A Warning When opening or closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pressed and held See the Closing when a door window is blocked section in this chapter for details The closing of a door window can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The closing of the hinged quarter windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling th
471. s in the multifunction display that may appear A Warning Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the Distronic After a brief acceleration e g for passing the Distronic will resume the last set speed Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following distance for Distronic by varying the time setting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the preceding vehicle The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display A Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance Distance setting switch To decrease distance To increase distance Controls in detail gt Increasing distance Turn distance setting switch 4 in direction of arrow Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the preceding vehicle gt Decreasing distance Turn distance setting switch
472. s messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Gal Shifting Process The shifting procedure was not carried gt Repeat the shifting procedure if desired Canceled out Reactivate ce Inoperative Downhill Speed Regulation is gt Have the Downhill Speed Regulation checked malfunctioning at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution You are driving with the hood or the gt Close the hood or the tailgate tailgate open You are trying to lock the vehicle with the Close all doors and or the tailgate KEYLESS GO function with a door or the tailgate open You are driving with at least one door gt Close all doors open Key Detected In A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left inthe Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle Vehicle vehicle was recognized while trying to lock the vehicle from the outside b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Don t Forget Your Key Remove Key You need a new key Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle Change Key Batteries Key Not Detected Possible cause consequence This display appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine turned off and no SmartKey in the starter switch This message is only a reminder You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey The SmartKey is ma
473. s then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 or if available the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 265 make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly b gt Operation Tires and wheels until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 152 gt Press button or R on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Active Menu R Button gt Press the reset button gt page 147 The following message appears in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure mon
474. se and throat as gt page 437 well as coughing and watering eyes The AdBlue filler neck is located under the cargo compartment floor see H Only use AdBlue complying with gt Switch off the ignition me ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue filler cap gt Open the tailgate gt page 90 AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with i SANE I pape 20 gt Lift the cargo compartment floor gt page 327 Practical hints AdBlue diesel engine only gt Turn filler cap 2 counterclockwise and gt Push AdBlue refill container 3 down gt Place cover Q as illustrated and turn it operi lt The AdBlue tank is filled This may take up C OCkwise to its stop Filler cap 2 is tethered with a plastic strap to 1 minute gt Start the engine When you stop pushing the AdBlue refill If the message Check Additive See container down the filling process is Operator s Manual still appears in the stopped and you can remove the refill multifunction display refill with one more container container of AdBlue gt Release AdBlue refill container gt Lower cargo compartment floor gt Turn AdBlue refill container gt Close the tailgate counterclockwise and remove it Have the AdBlue level checked and if necessary filled completely afterward at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Place filler cap 2 gt page 406 on filler neck and turn it clockwise eee sf AdB
475. se press the button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Controls in detail Owner s Online at mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand Useful features The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is cha
476. see Flat tire gt page 397 Winter driving General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Winter tires A Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 3 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design For infor
477. set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for Distronic gt page 176 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution DISTRONIC Inoperative The Distronic or the display are gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center malfunctioning as soon as possible DISTRONIC Override You have accelerated The Distronic has Stop accelerating switched off DISTRONIC Available Again Distronic had been deactivated and is gt Activate Distronic gt page 176 available again DISTRONIC Currently Distronic is deactivated because gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the Unavailable area of the radiator grille gt page 321 e The Distronic cover in the radiator grille ns es S is dirty gt If necessary wait until the system has cooled anua F A fi The functionality is impaired by heavy down precipitation or fog gt Restart the vehicle e The system is overheated Distronic becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears You can then operate Distronic as usual again Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display D
478. sician if necessary Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual 0D Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident H The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise the bat
479. simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Pull and hold right gearshift control 2 until the gear range indicator disappears from the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Pull and hold left gearshift control C The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration automatically This will involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Emergency operation limp home mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an a
480. sition A Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Each memory position button on the front passenger side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Multicontour seat previously saved setting Controls in detail Lighting gt Press and hold desired memory position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has On the driver s side also wait for the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to move to the stored position Releasing the memory position button stops movement to the stored positions immediately M Memory button 1 2 3 Memory position button gt Adjust the seats gt On the driver s side additionally adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button M gt Release memory button M and press memory position button 1 2 or 3 within 3 seconds When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds completely moved to the stored position If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is registered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps
481. sition EJ The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps e Tail lamps e Parking lamps Lighting License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Instrument panel lamps e Green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position B Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps come on and go out automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Low beam headlamps e Tail lamps e Parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps A Warning If the exterior lamp switch is set to ERY the headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others activate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when P Controls in detail Lighting traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position A to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position M With the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once the tail and p
482. so make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the indicator lamp while driving to make sure the indicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously Occupant safety injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both instances where the system suppresses deployment of t
483. sockets in the rear passenger compartment and cargo compartment are operational The plug of the small device must be inserted fully into the 115V AC socket e The on board voltage of the vehicle is within the permissible voltage range e The specified wattage of the small device is identical or lower than the maximum permissible wattage 150 W of the 115V AC socket gt Operation Open cover 3 gt Insert the plug of the small device into 115V AC socket 4 LED 2 comes on If LED 2 does not come on refer to the section on possible nonoperation causes gt Switching off Pull the plug out of 115V AC socket 1 Do not pull on the cable gt Close cover 3 Possible nonoperation causes e The on board voltage of the vehicle is not within the permissible voltage range gt Start the engine e The temperature of the DC AC inverter is temporarily too high gt Pull the plug of the small device out of the 115V AC socket and plug it in again after waiting a few minutes e Some small devices have a continuous power rating of less than 150 W but a very high switch on current Such devices will not operate When connecting such a device the socket will not provide power If LED 2 still does not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tele Aid H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational plea
484. ss operation Please exercise caution gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof has stopped because it was blocked pull the sunroof switch in direction of arrow 3 gt page 225 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed If the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof was blocked pull the sunroof switch in direction of arrow 3 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed A Warning Pulling and holding the sunroof switch to close the tilt sliding sunroof immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding sunroof to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the sunroof switch Synchronizing The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnected or discharged e after a malfunction e if the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly H lf the tilt sliding sunroof cannot be closed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Vehicles with SmartKey Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Switch off the ignition and open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Remove the fuse for the tilt sliding sunroof from
485. ssible H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution EBV ABS ESP The brake system is still functioning gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels TNA Inoperative normally but due to a malfunction the may lock during hard braking reducing Saco See Operator s ABS the BAS the EBP and the ESP are steering capability O Manual unavailable gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced Canada only braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Release Parking You are driving with the parking brake gt Release the parking brake Brak engaged USA only a PE Canada only Check Brake Fluid There is insufficient brake fluid in the Risk of accident USA only Level reservoir gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Do not drive any further Canada only gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked i
486. ssion could be damaged H The vehicle must be stopped when you shift the automatic transmission e directly between drive position D and reverse gear R e directly between reverse gear R and drive position D e directly into park position P Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged Controls in detail Automatic transmission When trying to free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow see Rocking the vehicle gt page 139 Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down but the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shifting to occur The gear selector lever always returns to its original position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the multifunction display gt page 137 Shifting into park position P gt With the vehicle at a standstill press button on the gear selector lever to select park position P SmartKey When you turn off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically KEYLESS GO When you turn off the engine using the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically A Warning Keep in mind that turn
487. st therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety and security Occupant safety Air bags A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain frontal impacts front air bags driver side knee bag side impacts side impact air bags and window curtain air bags or rollovers window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities The deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in b gt Safety and security Occupant safety a prope
488. st tire pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 397 A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Practical hints What to do if What to do if check when switching on the ignition have the respective bulb checked and replaced if Lamps in instrument cluster necessary When you switch on the ignition all lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp If any of the following lamps in the instrument 4 turn signal indicator lamps unless cluster fails to come on during the bulb self activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and repl
489. submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Lamp Circuit Headlamp appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Lamp Circuit Headlamp Constant SST gt Press button or B to select manual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant f With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position EJ or Mg the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running Controls in detail In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see Lighting gt page 116 For safety reasons changing the setting for the daytime running lamp mode is not possible while the vehicle is in motion The following message appears in the multifunction display Settings can only be made at a standstill For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 157 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated the exterior lamp switch in position Rg and the interior lighting in automatic mode gt page 120 the following lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is Control system unlocked using button on the Sma
490. t toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restr
491. t and TW your vehicle can tow Checking weights of vehicle and trailer e To assure that the towing vehicle and trailer are in compliance with the maximum permissible weight limits have the loaded rig towing vehicle including driver passengers and cargo trailer fully loaded weighed on a commercial scale e Check the vehicle s front and rear Gross Axle Weight GAW the Gross Trailer Weight GTW and Tongue Weight TW The values as measured must not exceed the weight limits listed under Vehicle and trailer weights and ratings gt page 310 Coupling a trailer A Warning While you are coupling or decoupling a trailer make sure nobody locks or unlocks the vehicle and or opens or closes doors or the tailgate Operation The vehicle s level could change and you could endanger yourself and or others as a result Make sure that you do not operate the ADS button or the vehicle level control system when coupling decoupling the trailer Observe maximum permitted trailer dimensions width and length Most states and all Canadian provinces require e safety chains between the towing vehicle and the trailer The chains should be criss crossed under the trailer tongue They must be attached to the hitch receiver and not to the vehicle s bumper or axle Make sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners a separate brake system at various trailer weights a break away switch on trai
492. t backrest to the desired rearward gt page 235 position using or a gt Move the seat backrest support cushion to the bottom with button or to the center with button gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch 2 Seat ventilation noe e Seat ventilation switch Indicator lamps The blue indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using summer opening feature gt page 127 Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press switch 1 Three blue indicator lamps 2 in the switch come on gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt Switching off Press switch 1 repeatedly until all indicator lamps 2 go out Rear seat heating switch Indicator lamps The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 3 high to level 2 after approximately 5 minutes The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes The seat heating automatically switches off after approximately 20 minutes gt Switch on the ignition Front seat heating switch Indicator lamps gt Switching on Press switch 1 Three red indicator lamps 2 i
493. t equipped with the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper tire inflation pressure Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 265 Tire inflation pressure changes by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e cause excessive
494. t sit on or lean your body weight When not in use keep the cup holder The front cup holder can be removed for against the armrest when it is folded down closed An open cup holder may cause cleaning purposes as you could otherwise damage it injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an gt Removing Hold cup holder at its bridge and pull out bridge in direction of arrow Cup holder in third row side trim accident atea ped aed A LE eh a E Keep in mind that objects placed inthe cup Pull cup holder Q out in direction of arrow Cup holder are located in the side trims of the holder may come loose during braking gt Reinstalling First insert cup holder third row seats vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be and then insert bridge 2 thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury DD Controls in detail Useful features Cup holder A Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Sun visor Additional sun visor Vanity mirror lamp Vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror Holder e g for gas cards Mounting Glare through the windshield gt Flip sun visor down when you experience glare Glare through a door window
495. t solution gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the front rear or side windows and the power tilt sliding sunroof or rear panorama roof with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows or the sunroof panorama roof Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint i
496. t telephone installed Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system and Voice Control System see separate operating instructions Vehicles with telephone installed Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and Voice control system see separate operating instructions Front left interior lamp 120 At a glance Door control panel Door control panel S Oe Function Inside door handle Central locking unlocking switch Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Selection buttons for exterior rear view mirror adjustment Power folding exterior rear view mirrors Switches for opening closing front and rear door windows Page 88 89 111 111 112 124 Function Rear door window override switch Hinged quarter window switch Remote tailgate switch power tailgate Page 74 126 91 Safety and security Vehicle equipment 005 46 Occupantisatety ee 46 Panic alarme ane ee 75 Driving safety systems 5 75 Anti theft systems cccee 80 Safety and security Occupant safety Vehicle equipment Occupant safety Ju This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual In this s
497. tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 77 Operation Driving instructions Parking brake When driving on wet roads or dirt covered surfaces road salt and or dirt can get into the parking brake To prevent corrosion and a reduction in the braking power of the parking brake observe the following gt From time to time lightly engage the parking brake before driving off gt Drive a distance of approximately 110 yds 100 m at a maximum speed of 12 mph 20 km h A Warning While performing this procedure please assure that the vehicle is stopped before applying the parking brake Otherwise the rear wheels could lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Make sure not to endanger any other road users when you engage the parking brake Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited
498. tch e open a door e open the tailgate gt Deactivating Press button Ea Button engages The interior lighting goes out after a preset time gt page 162 If a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after approximately 5 minutes when the SmartKey is removed or in starter switch position 0 Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switch in the ON position for extended periods of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery gt Switching on off front interior lighting Press switch BJ gt Switching on off rear interior lighting Press switch JES gt Switching on off front reading lamps Press respective switch JEJ Emergency lighting When the interior lighting is set to automatic mode the interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt Switching off Press button Ezy or gt Press hazard warning flasher switch gt page 118 or gt Unlock the vehicle Controls in detail Lighting H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switch in the ON position for extended periods of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery Second row reading lamps The second row reading lamps are located above the rear door windows Second row reading lamp
499. ted Warranty You can also open or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO function see Summer opening feature gt page 127 and Convenience closing feature gt page 127 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof for up to 5 minutes Controls in detail PS4 25 6937 31 Sunroof switch Raising Opening Closing With the sunroof closed or raised you can slide the sunroof screen forward and back Sunroof screen Power tilt sliding sunroof gt Switch on the ignition Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction When the tilt sliding sunroof is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding sunroof or o
500. ted above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system Range of the sensors 10 so Bem o 120 4 20 Ofin o x alin P54 65 3394 31 R Shem Front sensors Center approx Corners approx Rear sensors Center approx Corners approx Minimum distance Center approx Corners approx P54 65 3395 31 40 in 100 cm 24 in 60 cm 48 in 120 cm 32 in 80 cm 8 in 20 cm 6 in 15 cm Controls in detail Driving systems If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Parktronic system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the relative distance between the sensors and an Rear area warning indicator obstacle Left side of the vehicle Right side of the vehicle Readiness indicators Each warning indicator is divided into five yellow and two red distance segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when the yellow read
501. tems and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds above approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system switches on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you shift the automatic transmission into park position P or engage the parking brake The Parktronic system monitors the surroundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper P54 65 3393 31 Sensors in the front bumper To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 321 A Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects loca
502. tery will be damaged Even though VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level and cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped VRLA battery is leak proofed Only use a battery as replacement that has the same security features and is of identical size voltage and capacity as the factory equipped battery H As with any other battery have the battery disconnect at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time to prevent battery discharge You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEYLESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenan
503. the KEYLESS GO function The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Pull battery compartment 2 out of the SmartKey housing Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 384 P80 35 2278 31 Batteries Contact springs gt Pull out batteries 3 P8035227731 gt Insert new batteries under contact Mechanical key springs 4 with the positive terminal Battery compartment side facing up gt Return battery compartment 2 into SmartKey housing until it locks into place Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs the lamp and its components We Bulbs recommend that you have such work done Safety notes by a qualified technician uea N Safe vehicle operation depends on proper h B exterior lighting and signaling to a large If the headlamps or front fog lamps are degree fogged up on the inside as a result of high Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely humidity driving the vehicle a distance with important Have headlamps checked and the lights on should clear up the fogging readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of c
504. the Voice Control System off see separate operating instructions 5 Vehicles without Voice Control System Button without function At a glance Center console Center console Upper part Vehicles without enhanced off road package Ole 1 Function COMAND system see separate operating instructions Climate control 3 zone automatic climate control Rear window defroster Seat heating front passenger side Seat ventilation front passenger side Parktronic system deactivation switch Vehicle level control switch Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Page 202 210 223 107 107 196 186 56 Function Storage compartment Alarm system indicator lamp Electronic Stability Program ESP switch Adaptive Damping System ADS switch Seat ventilation driver s side Seat heating driver s side Switch for Downhill Speed Regulation DSR Hazard warning flasher switch Switch for off road driving program Page 243 81 v9 185 107 107 182 118 185 Upper part Vehicles with enhanced off road package Canada only ll 9 At a glance Function COMAND system see separate operating instructions Climate control 3 zone automatic climate control Rear window defroster Seat heating front passenger side Seat ventilation front
505. the additional weight on the roof of the vehicle can have a detrimental effect on braking cornering and acceleration Never exceed the maximum permissible roof load or the maximum permissible vehicle weight even when accessories for the crossbars e g ski racks bicycle racks etc are being used Overloading the vehicle could result in an accident When calculating the weight placed on the roof please make sure to add the weight of the crossbars accessory racks and the load carried together Always adapt your driving style to the road traffic and weather conditions and drive with added caution when the roof is loaded Always drive with extreme care when the carrier is loaded Take into consideration that when the carrieris loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicle without a carrier loaded A Warning Do not use accessories which have not been approved by Mercedes Benz for use in conjunction with these crossbars If non approved accessories are used these accessories and or the objects attached to them could come loose from the vehicle thereby injuring you and other persons and or causing damage to property including damage to your vehicle H Have a second person assist you when installing the crossbars The vehicle could otherwise be damaged H Objects attached to the crossbar system s accessories must not be allowed to restrict the movement of the tilt sliding su
506. the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within b gt Operation Vehicle care approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash gt Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from
507. the front side impact air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation For information on head restraint adjustment see Head restraints gt page 100 Correct driver seat adjustment A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Steering wheel Seat belt Seat gt Position seat 3 gt page 98 and head restraint properly gt page 100 A Observe Safety notes see page 97 Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls e Adjust seat G to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e Seat 3 must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt 2 e The seat backrest must b
508. the fuse box gt page 415 gt Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow C gt page 225 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear gt Keep holding the sunroof switch in direction of arrow 1 for approximately 1 second gt Check the express operation feature gt page 225 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens and closes completely the roof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Controls in detail Loading and storing Loading and storing Load distribution Loading instructions A Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible using cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects Always use cargo tie down rings and if so equipped always use the cargo net when transporting cargo Never drive vehicle with the tailgate open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in
509. the rear door windows using the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door gt Deactivating Press override switch i again The switch disengages from its recessed position back to its original position The rear door windows can again be operated using the respective switch located in the rear doors For more information on power windows see the Controls in detail section gt page 124 Panic alarm P80 00 2114 31 EX button USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and security Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Activating Press and hold button Q for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate briefly gt
510. the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked section for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or if the sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction Observe Safety notes see page 68 A Warning The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close the tilt sliding sunroof due to a malfunction contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limi
511. the wheel chock and another sizeable object as follows P40 00 2101 31 Changing wheel on passenger side example illustration gt Place the wheel chock and another sizeable object in behind both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed P40 10 5059 31 Wheel wrench gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts approximately one full turn with wrench 4 P40 00 2108 31 The jack take up brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings A Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket If you do not position the jack correctly in the jack take up bracket the vehicle can fall off the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others Practical hints Flat tire H Do not position the jack on the body of Removing the wheel the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle P40 00 2081 31 gt Turn ratchet up and down until jack a is fully seated in take up bracket 2 andthe Alignment bolt JAOK Dobe Manly MERS We Steud gt Unscrew uppermost wheel bolt and remove Take up bracket gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a it Jack maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Ratchet P40 10 5061 31 gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment
512. thorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt Press button or repeatedly until the Vehicle status message memory menu appears in the multifunction display If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display M gt Press button BAN or EA The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt page 330 After you have scrolled through all recorded status messages the first recorded message appears again Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunction display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch With KEYLESS GO the number of messages will reappear when you turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door Except for high priority messages the vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you switch off the ignition Introduction In the Settings menu there are two functions The function To reset press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for
513. tically e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows side air vents must be open e the air conditioning compressor switches on at outside temperatures above approximately 41 F 5 C for air drying Adjustments You can adjust the air volume and the temperature when the front defroster is switched on The air flow will remain on the windshield and front door windows gt Press button to decrease or button to increase air volume to the desired level The air volume decreases increases to the next lower higher blower speed and heating switches to the temperature that Controls in detail 3 zone automatic climate control was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button JE goes out The indicator lamp in button JI comes on or gt Turn temperature control 4 and or O USA only gt page 210 or and or Canada only gt page 213 slightly in any direction Heating switches to the temperature that was set before the front defroster was switched on The indicator lamp in button JE goes out The indicator lamp in button JI comes on The air conditioning compressor remains on even if the indicator lamp in button E goes out This helps to prevent the windshield from fogging Deactivating gt Press button IEJ once more The indicator lamp in the button goes out Defrosting
514. tion display The control system stores the dialed multifunction display gt Press button PA or R repeatedly until number in the redial memory gt Press button Pal the desired name appears in the or The control system dials the selected multifunction display gt Press button if you do not want to phone number If you press and hold button PA or make the call E for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again TEL The stored names are displayed in ascending or descending alphabetical Connected To order Newman E o Redialing Newman Q The control system stores the most recently a dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone Sh EET name from the phone book book gt Press button or repeatedly until gt Press button Pagal the message TEL appears in the The control system dials the selected multifunction display phone number gt Press button Pal If the connection is successful and this feature is supported by your network provider the name of the party if stored in The first number in the redial memory appears in the multifunction display Driving systems Introduction This section describes the following driving systems of your vehicle e Cruise control and Distronic e Distance warning function is only available with Distronic e Hill start assist system e Downhill Speed Regulation DSR e Off road d
515. tion of the climate control system The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button IRJ The indicator lamp in the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button again The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer H If the air conditioning cannot be activated again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off 10 Canada only 11 USA only Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Automatic mode You can switch the climate control system on and off for each zone of the passenger compartment as desired When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others gt Set the desired temperature gt page 219
516. tions even while the Distronic is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured A Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the Distronic is activated Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because Controls in detail conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The
517. tor lamp 2 comes on The symbol appears in the lower multifunction display Controls in detail Driving systems Switching off road driving program off gt Press switch 4 again Indicator lamp 2 goes out The symbol disappears The system consists of two components The Adaptive Damping System ADS gt page 185 and the vehicle level control gt page 186 The fine tuning of the damping is dependent on e road surface conditions e your driving style e your personal ADS settings e your personal vehicle level settings b gt Controls in detail Vehicles without enhanced off road package ADS switch Indicator lamp for SPORT setting Indicator lamp for COMF setting Vehicles with enhanced off road package ADS switch Indicator lamp for SPORT setting Indicator lamp for COMF setting The following settings are available e AUTO for normal driving situations Indicator lamps 2 and 8 are off e SPORT for sporty driving Indicator lamp 2 comes on With the ADS SPORT setting the vehicle is lowered approximately 0 6 in 15 mm e COMF for comfort driving Indicator lamp 3 comes on gt Start the engine gt Press ADS switch C repeatedly until the desired suspension tuning is reached The setting remains stored when you turn off the engine Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to increase vehicle safety and to reduce fuel consumption The vehicle a
518. treads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high Operation speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3
519. tronic 0005 172 Cleaning system sensor 321 Control system 156 Distance warning function 181 Driving hints 0 179 Last stored speed 178 Meni 2 tek oabettiete ead ead 175 Messages in the multifunction display eean Bn oie sees 340 Resume function 178 SENSOP COVED sc bets eee eee ces 321 Warning and indicator lamps 174 377 Door control panel 44 Door handles 44 Doors Child safety locks 73 Locking unlocking KEYLESS GO 85 Locking unlocking SmartKey 84 Locking unlocking from outside 84 Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY saasaa eniem 353 Opening from inside 88 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 255 Unlocking Mechanical key 384 DOT Department of Transportation 294 Downhill Speed Regulation see DSR Drinking and driving 299 Driving ADroad se aeren aaiae 314 Hydroplaning 302 Instructions 4 128 299 IM WINKET oe ee ee eee 298 Offroad oc iene erdadicieeccacatandiar dates 303 Problems 0 45000050040 sed ses 132 Safety systemsS 4 75 SYSTEMS easy e232 sins ware wud dade d 169 Through standing water 302 With Distronic 179 Driving and parking Safety notes 005 128 Driving off 131 302 Driving safety systems 75 AMET
520. ts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fastening the seat belts A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts D gt Safety and security Occupant safety Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restrain
521. ts such as a screwdriver to open the fuse box cover in the dashboard You could damage the fuse box cover or the dashboard gt Closing Hook cover 1 into the opening at the front gt Press cover 1 back on until it engages The fuse box is located behind a cover in the dashboard on the front passenger side H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as described to prevent moisture or dirt from entering the fuse box and possibly impairing fuse operation Fuse box cover gt Opening Open the front passenger door gt Open the glove box gt Insert flat blunt object as a lever into the edge of cover 1 at the position indicated et a P by the arrow Ao a Example illustration fuse box GL 450 GL 320 BlueTEC GL 550 similar Fuse box cover gt Loosen cover 1 from the dashboard using the lever Clamps gt With a dry cloth remove any moisture from the fuse box Q gt Pull clamps 2 in direction of arrow gt Lift fuse box cover up gt Closing Make sure the sealing rubber is positioned properly gt Press fuse box cover 1 down and secure with clamps 2 H The fuse box cover must be installed properly to prevent moisture and or dirt from entering the fuse box and possibly impairing fuse operation gt Close the hood after checking or replacing fuses Practical hints Fuses Lock Cover gt Opening Open the cargo compartment gt Insert a
522. turned to the highway level The setting is stored when you turn off the engine Highway level H Keep in mind that on rough or uneven roads adjusting the vehicle to a lower level may cause the vehicle underbody to come in contact with the road and result in damage to the vehicle underbody Always make sure the vehicle has sufficient ground clearance before adjusting it to a lower level gt Start the engine When one or more indicator lamps 3 are on gt Turn outer adjustment ring Q until all lit indicator lamps 3 flash The vehicle adjusts to the highway level The following message appears in the multifunction display while the level is being set EE The message can be cleared by pressing the Fs a BAS or BR button on the multifunction steering wheel When the highway level is reached the indicator lamps go out and the following message appears in the multifunction display for 5 seconds Ee The vehicle is lowered to the highway level automatically if the vehicle speed is above 60 mph 96 km h All wheel drive Your vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive 4MATIC Both the front and rear axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated The 4MATIC improves traction in conjunction with the ESP gt page 77 and the Electronic Traction System 4 ETS gt page 78 A Warning If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction e While dr
523. types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed H Before towing the vehicle observe the following instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts H Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground If the battery is disconnected or discharged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P e For more information see Battery gt page 408 or Jump starting gt page 410 Practical hints Towing the vehi
524. ually If the tailgate lock does not engage e limit the opening height of the tailgate automatically and if applicable the tailgate f does not relock after a few seconds you interrupt the opening closing procedure at have to close the tailgate manually any time by gt page 90 pressing or pulling the door mounted remote tailgate switch pressing button on the SmartKey pressing the tailgate closing switch A Warning pressing the KEYLESS GO locking Make sure the tailgate is closed when the closing switch engine is running and while driving Among Handle other dangers deadly carbon monoxide Depending on production date an acoustic Push CO gases may enter vehicle interior warning sounds when opening or closing the Lift resulting in unconsciousness and death tailgate gt Push handle 0 in direction of arrow and H The tailgate swings open upwards Opening the taligate from the outelde hold it there automatically Always make sure thereis You can unlock and open the tailgate gt From this position lift handle in sufficient overhead clearance simultaneously from the outside when the direction of arrow and hold it there A minimum height clearance of 7 40 ft vehicle is stationary The tailgate is released and can be opened 2 2 Mi I required to Open the tallgate manually Ifyou do not open the tailgate within a few seconds the tailgate lock will engage again gt gt automatically A
525. ularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline gasoline engine A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up b gt Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 2 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terra
526. uld cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will automatically brake the vehicle if the Driving systems engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently You can reduce the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point Controls in detail Driving systems gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions an
527. umber gt page 290 Maximum tire load gt page 291 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 291 Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 293 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 287 Load identification gt page 289 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 425 Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Operation Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Tire load rating Tire speed rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tires and wheels T
528. unconsciousness and death P P00 01 3398 31 The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW which is the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and luggage cargo must never exceed the load limit and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR for your vehicle as specified on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 In addition the load must be distributed in b gt such a way so that the weight on each axle Controls in detail Loading and storing never exceeds the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle The GVWR and GAWR for your vehicle are indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 275 For more information see Tire and Loading Information gt page 275 The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustration shown with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the vehicle and transporting cargo e Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible e The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible against front or rear seat backrests For additional safety when transpo
529. unconsciousness and death H When the second row seats are folded forward the front seats may not be moved to the rearmost position Otherwise you could damage the front and second row seats Expanding cargo volume in part Folding third row seats electrically Use the left button indicated by L to fold down the left third row seat Use the right button indicated by R to fold down the right third row seat Controls in detail Loading and storing There are several ways to fold the third row seats Two buttons are located on the right side trim of the third row seats n gah E Example button for the left third row seats Button for returning third row seats to upright position Button for folding the third row seats It is only possible to fold the third row seats down when the rear right door is open Controls in detail Loading and storing Two buttons are located on the passenger side in the cargo compartment r If a third row seat is not engaged properly for example the message 3rd Row Of Seats Right Not Locked appears in the multifunction display gt page 148 gt Press and hold button 2 again until the message disappears Example button for the right third row seats Button for returning third row seats to upright position Button for folding the third row seats It is only possible to fold the third row seats down when the tailgate is open Expand
530. unction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display and a warning signal sounds Example illustration Restarting the TPMS A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the reference values to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire Tires and wheels The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS i
531. ur vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Truck found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Sport Utility Vehicle A Warning This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on road and off road use It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2 wheel
532. using the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In an emergency you can turn off the engine while driving by pressing and holding the KEYLESS GO start stop button for approximately 3 seconds If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button and cannot turn it off as described above gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch The engine turns off The starter switch is in position O gt page 95 Automatic transmission For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and parking gt page 128 A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accele
533. uster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original position High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Turn signals Turn signals right Turn signals left gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 4 or 2 The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp EJ or EEJ in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press combination switch only to point of resistance and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three times The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The hazard warning flasher comes on automatically when an air bag deploys Hazard warning flasher switch gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch Q again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch 4 once to switch off
534. uthorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Transfer case Transfer case The vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive 4MATIC Both the front and rear axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Transfer case LOW RANGE mode Canada only The LOW RANGE mode is available on vehicles with enhanced off road package In the following situations you should switch to the LOW RANGE mode e during off road driving before driving through water e when towing up or down on steep gradients With LOW RANGE selected the engine s power delivery and the shifting behavior of the automatic transmission are adjusted Furthermore the ABS the ESP and the 4
535. utomatically regulates its ride height based on the set vehicle height and the current speed e As your driving speed increases the vehicle is lowered by increments until it reaches highspeed level e Vehicles with ADS If you are driving with the ADS setting COMF or AUTO the vehicle is raised back to highway level as your driving speed decreases e Vehicles with ADS You can select the highspeed level via the ADS setting SPORT In ADS SPORT the vehicle is lowered directly to highspeed level as your driving speed increases The vehicle begins adjusting to the set vehicle level as soon as the doors or tailgate are unlocked or opened or closed with the vehicle unlocked In order to operate the vehicle level control switch gt page 187 or gt page 189 however the engine must be running A Warning Make sure no oneis near the wheel housing or under the vehicle when you lower the vehicle while it is standing still Limbs could become wedged into or under the vehicle For safety reasons the vehicle can only be lowered with all doors and the tailgate closed Lowering is interrupted if a door or the tailgate is opened and will continue after the door is closed again A Warning Please be aware that by raising the vehicle level the center of gravity also rises Therefore always ensure that the vehicle level is as low as possible With higher ride height the ESP may activate earlier in certain situations Adapt your
536. utton again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Controls in detail Using driver side settings for all temperature zones This feature is only available in Canada vehicles You can use the settings of the driver s side such as temperature air volume and air distribution for all temperature zones These settings only need to be made once and the climate control system will automatically regulate the settings for all temperature zones quickly and comfortably gt Activating Adjust the air temperature air volume and air distribution gt Press button EEGs The indicator lamp in the button comes on The driver side settings are used for all temperature zones gt Deactivating Press button J again The indicator lamp in the button goes out If you manually set the temperature air volume or air distribution for the passenger side or the rear passenger compartment when the MONO setting is active the MONO setting will be switched off Rear window defroster Rear window defroster A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep th
537. washer fluid reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures gt page 440 gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap onto filler hole until it engages For more information see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 434 Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on re
538. width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GTW Gross Trailer Weight The GTW is the weight of the trailer plus the weight of all cargo equipment luggage etc loaded on the trailer GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the c
539. will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated If the indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS For information about air bag display messages gt page 335 A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether
540. wiper arm to rest on the rear window Make sure to hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back H Make sure the wiper blade is properly installed An improperly installed wiper blade may cause rear window damage Flat tire Safety notes Your vehicle may be equipped with an MOExtended system or a Minispare wheel Vehicles with an MOExtended system do not have a spare wheel For information on your vehicle s equipment see Rims and tires gt page 425 A Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted b gt Practical hints Flat tire Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted A Warning Your vehicle is equipped with air suspension program Do not open or close any doors or the tailgate while mounting a spare wheel The vehicle could rise or lower to a previously selected level You or others could be injured as a result Preparing t
541. with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tires e Check the tread depth and maintain specified tire inflation pressure a placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 276 e Check tires for possible damage and remove foreign objects e Replace missing valve caps Rims e Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage the tire beads For this reason check and if necessary change rims before driving off road Vehicle tool kit e Check if the vehicle jack gt page 329 is functional e In all cases take the vehicle tool kit a strong tow rope a shovel and a small plank to put under the vehicle jack on sandy soil with you Driving in steep terrain Slope angle Overhang angle front Operation Overhang angle rear Vehicles with air suspension program Raised level 328 265 Highway aif 2 Vehicles with enhanced off road package Off road level 3 Som 27s Off road level 2 Bu Zo Off road level 1 205 23a Highway ZY Zale e Comply with the warnings gt page 303 and rules for off road driving gt page 303 e Driving on embankments slopes and other steep inclines should only be done straight up or downhill i e in the line of gravity Maximum vehicle climbing ability is a 100 grade which is equivalent to a sl
542. with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 68 SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The EY indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on and goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness if the E3 indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the ES indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine is started e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving A Warning In the event that the EH indicator lamp comes on while driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not deploy when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS mu
543. without any reversal function for as long as you hold the switch Hinged quarter windows gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening Press switch 5 and release Both hinged quarter windows open completely gt Closing Pull switch G and release Both hinged quarter windows close completely When the obstruction sensor detects that a hinged quarter windows is blocked during the closing process they will stop and open slightly gt Halting closing process Press or pull switch once more during the closing process The hinged quarter windows will stop and open completely For your safety the hinged quarter windows cannot be opened again until 4 seconds have passed Synchronizing door windows The door windows must be synchronized after the battery has been disconnected or if the door windows cannot be fully closed express operation Each door window must be synchronized separately gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull and hold switch OQ or gt page 125 until the respective door window is closed The door window opens again slightly gt Pull and hold the respective switch once more immediately until the door window is completely closed gt Hold the respective switch for approximately 1 second The door window is synchronized Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening th
544. y be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly increased braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up Operation Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving instructions H Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified techn
545. y upon locking the vehicle the exterior mirrors are synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Folding in and out manually The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not folded out completely Button for folding exterior rear view mirrors in and out gt Switch on the ignition gt Folding in Briefly press button 4 Both exterior rear view mirrors fold in if you are driving at more than approximately 30 mph 47 km h you will not be able to fold the exterior mirrors in gt Folding out Briefly press button 4 Both exterior rear view mirrors fold out Controls in detail If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button C to fold mirrors in then press button 1 again to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as this may damage the adjustment mechanism The mirror housing is then properly positioned and you can adjust the mirror in the usual manner Please make sure both rear view mirrors are folded out before driving off Memory function Memory function With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat Each memory position button on the driver s side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Multicontour seat previously saved setting e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirrors po
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
35mm Film to Digital Converter User Manual Thank you for choosing Manual Técnico - Douwe Egberts Trousseau des élèves pour partir en classe verte ou 取扱説明書を必ずご参照下さい Synology RS2414RP+ storage server 平成8年神審第98号 貨物船第一ニッケル丸機関損傷事件 言渡年月日 a b c g h i e f d 2014.07.02 V2.1 JA Module Installation Manual(A5)-QJAFX Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file